Index: native_client_sdk/doc_generated/reference/pnacl-bitcode-manual.html |
diff --git a/native_client_sdk/doc_generated/reference/pnacl-bitcode-manual.html b/native_client_sdk/doc_generated/reference/pnacl-bitcode-manual.html |
new file mode 100644 |
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..030ea2c4a3fd82d01aa6e9ff7eca1153948d8f52 |
--- /dev/null |
+++ b/native_client_sdk/doc_generated/reference/pnacl-bitcode-manual.html |
@@ -0,0 +1,5720 @@ |
+{{+bindTo:partials.standard_nacl_article}} |
+ |
+<section id="pnacl-bitcode-file-reference-manual"> |
+<h1 id="pnacl-bitcode-file-reference-manual">Pnacl Bitcode File Reference Manual</h1> |
+<div class="contents local" id="contents" style="display: none"> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#introduction" id="id4">Introduction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#data-model" id="id5">Data Model</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#pnacl-blocks" id="id6">PNaCl Blocks</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#pnacl-records" id="id7">PNaCl Records</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#pnacl-identifiers" id="id8">PNaCl Identifiers</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#conventions-for-describing-records" id="id9">Conventions For Describing Records</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#factorial-example" id="id10">Factorial Example</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#memory-blocks-and-alignment" id="id11">Memory Blocks and Alignment</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#intrinsic-functions" id="id12">Intrinsic functions</a></li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#global-state" id="id13">Global State</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#typing" id="id14">Typing</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#id-counters" id="id15">ID Counters</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#size-variables" id="id16">Size Variables</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#other-variables" id="id17">Other Variables</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#global-records" id="id18">Global records</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#header-record" id="id19">Header Record</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#enter-block-record" id="id20">Enter Block Record</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#exit-block-record" id="id21">Exit Block Record</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#abbreviation-record" id="id22">Abbreviation Record</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#types-block" id="id23">Types Block</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#count-record" id="id24">Count Record</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#void-type" id="id25">Void Type</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#integer-types" id="id26">Integer Types</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#bit-floating-point-type" id="id27">32-Bit Floating Point Type</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#id1" id="id28">64-bit Floating Point Type</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#vector-types" id="id29">Vector Types</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#function-type" id="id30">Function Type</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#globals-block" id="id31">Globals block</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#id2" id="id32">Count Record</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#global-variable-addressses" id="id33">Global Variable Addressses</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#global-constant-addresses" id="id34">Global Constant Addresses</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#zerofill-initializer" id="id35">Zerofill Initializer</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#data-initializer" id="id36">Data Initializer</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#relocation-initializer" id="id37">Relocation Initializer</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#subfield-relocation-initializer" id="id38">Subfield Relocation Initializer</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#compound-initializer" id="id39">Compound Initializer</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#valuesymtab-block" id="id40">Valuesymtab Block</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#entry-record" id="id41">Entry Record</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#module-block" id="id42">Module Block</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#version" id="id43">Version</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#function-address" id="id44">Function Address</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#constants-blocks" id="id45">Constants Blocks</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#set-type" id="id46">Set Type</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#undefined-literal" id="id47">Undefined Literal</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#integer-literal" id="id48">Integer Literal</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-literal" id="id49">Floating point literal</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#function-blocks" id="id50">Function Blocks</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#function-enter" id="id51">Function enter</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#id3" id="id52">Count Record</a></li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#terminator-instructions" id="id53">Terminator Instructions</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#return-void-instruction" id="id54">Return Void Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#return-value-instruction" id="id55">Return Value Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#unconditional-branch-instruction" id="id56">Unconditional Branch Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#conditional-branch-instruction" id="id57">Conditional Branch Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#unreachable" id="id58">Unreachable</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#switch-instruction" id="id59">Switch Instruction</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#integer-binary-instructions" id="id60">Integer Binary Instructions</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#integer-add" id="id61">Integer Add</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#integer-subtract" id="id62">Integer Subtract</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#integer-multiply" id="id63">Integer Multiply</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#signed-integer-divide" id="id64">Signed Integer Divide</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#unsigned-integer-divide" id="id65">Unsigned Integer Divide</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#signed-integer-remainder" id="id66">Signed Integer Remainder</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#unsigned-integer-remainder-instruction" id="id67">Unsigned Integer Remainder Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#shift-left" id="id68">Shift Left</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#logical-shift-right" id="id69">Logical Shift Right</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#arithmetic-shift-right" id="id70">Arithmetic Shift Right</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#logical-and" id="id71">Logical And</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#logical-or" id="id72">Logical Or</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#logical-xor" id="id73">Logical Xor</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-binary-instructions" id="id74">Floating Point Binary Instructions</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-add" id="id75">Floating Point Add</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-subtract" id="id76">Floating Point Subtract</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-multiply" id="id77">Floating Point Multiply</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-divide" id="id78">Floating Point Divide</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-remainder" id="id79">Floating Point Remainder</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#memory-creation-and-access-instructions" id="id80">Memory Creation And Access Instructions</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#alloca-instruction" id="id81">Alloca Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#load-instruction" id="id82">Load Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#store-instruction" id="id83">Store Instruction</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#conversion-instructions" id="id84">Conversion Instructions</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#integer-truncating-instruction" id="id85">Integer Truncating Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-truncating-instruction" id="id86">Floating Point Truncating Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#zero-extending-instruction" id="id87">Zero Extending Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#sign-extending-instruction" id="id88">Sign Extending Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-extending-instruction" id="id89">Floating point Extending Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-to-unsigned-integer-instruction" id="id90">Floating Point To Unsigned Integer Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-to-signed-integer-instruction" id="id91">Floating Point To Signed Integer Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#unsigned-integer-to-floating-point-instruction" id="id92">Unsigned Integer To Floating Point Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#signed-integer-to-floating-point-instruction" id="id93">Signed Integer To Floating Point Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#bitcast-instruction" id="id94">Bitcast Instruction</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#integer-comparison-instructions" id="id95">Integer Comparison Instructions</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#floating-point-comparison-instructions" id="id96">Floating Point Comparison Instructions</a></li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#vector-instructions" id="id97">Vector Instructions</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#insert-element-instruction" id="id98">Insert Element Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#extract-element-instruction" id="id99">Extract Element Instruction</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#other-instructions" id="id100">Other Instructions</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#forward-type-declaration" id="id101">Forward type declaration</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#phi-instruction" id="id102">Phi Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#select-instruction" id="id103">Select Instruction</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#call-instructions" id="id104">Call Instructions</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#direct-procedure-call" id="id105">Direct Procedure Call</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#direct-function-call" id="id106">Direct Function Call</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#indirect-procedure-call" id="id107">Indirect Procedure Call</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#indirect-function-call" id="id108">Indirect Function Call</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#support-functions" id="id109">Support Functions</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#signrotate" id="id110">SignRotate</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#absoluteindex" id="id111">AbsoluteIndex</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#relativeindex" id="id112">RelativeIndex</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#abbrevindex" id="id113">AbbrevIndex</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#log2" id="id114">Log2</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#exp" id="id115">exp</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#bitsizeof" id="id116">BitSizeOf</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#underlyingtype" id="id117">UnderlyingType</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#underlyingcount" id="id118">UnderlyingCount</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#isinteger" id="id119">IsInteger</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#isfloat" id="id120">IsFloat</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#isvector" id="id121">IsVector</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#isprimitive" id="id122">IsPrimitive</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#isfcnargtype" id="id123">IsFcnArgType</a></li> |
+<li><p class="first"><a class="reference internal" href="#abbreviations" id="id124">Abbreviations</a></p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#bitstream-format" id="id125">Bitstream Format</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#abbreviations-block" id="id126">Abbreviations Block</a></li> |
+<li><a class="reference internal" href="#reference-implementation" id="id127">Reference Implementation</a></li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+</ul> |
+</li> |
+</ul> |
+ |
+</div><section id="introduction"> |
+<h2 id="introduction">Introduction</h2> |
+<p>This document is a reference manual for the contents of PNaCl bitcode files. We |
+define bitcode files via three layers. The first layer is presented using |
+assembly language <em>PNaClAsm</em>, and defines the textual form of the bitcode |
+file. The textual form is then lowered to a sequence of <em>PNaCl records</em>. The |
+final layer applies abbreviations that convert each PNaCl record into a |
+corresponding sequence of bits.</p> |
+<p>PNaClAsm uses a <em>static single assignment</em> (SSA) based representation that |
+requires generated results to have a single (assignment) source.</p> |
+<p>PNaClAsm focuses on the semantic content of the file, not the bit-encoding of |
+that content. However, it does provide annotations that allow one to specify how |
+the the abbreviations are used to convert PNaCl records into the sequence of bits.</p> |
+<p>Each construct in PNaClAsm defines a corresponding <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-pnacl-records"><em>PNaCl |
+record</em></a>. A PNaCl bitcode file is simply a sequence of PNaCl |
+records. The goal of PNaClAsm is to make records easier to read, and not to |
+define a high-level user programming language.</p> |
+<p>PNaCl records are an abstract encoding of structured data, similar to XML. Like |
+XML, PNaCl records have a notion of tags (i.e. the first element in a record, |
+called a <em>code</em>), and nested structures. The nested structures are defined by |
+corresponding <em>enter</em> and <em>exit</em> block records.</p> |
+<p>These block records must be used like balanced parentheses to define the block |
+structure that is imposed on top of records. Each exit record must be preceded |
+by a corresponding enter record. Blocks can be nested by nesting enter/exit |
+records appropriately.</p> |
+<p>The <em>PNaCl bitcode writer</em> takes the sequence of records, defined by a PNaClAsm |
+program, and converts each record into a (variable) sequence of bits. The output |
+of each bit sequence is appended together. The resulting generated sequence of |
+bits is the contents of the PNaCl bitcode file.</p> |
+<p>For every kind of record, there is a default method for converting records into |
+bit sequences. These methods correspond to a notion of |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-abbreviations-section"><em>abbreviations</em></a>. Each abbreviation defines |
+a specific bit sequence conversion to be applied. The default conversion methods |
+are simply predefined abbreviations.</p> |
+<p>The default abbreviations can be overridden with user-specified abbreviations. |
+All user-specified abbreviations are included in the generated bitcode |
+file. Each abbreviation defines how a record is converted to a bit sequence. The |
+PNaCl translator uses these abbreviations to convert the bit sequence back to |
+the corresponding sequence of PNaCl records. As a result, all records have an |
+abbreviation (user or default) associated with them.</p> |
+<p>Conceptually, abbreviations are used to define how to pack the contents of |
+records into bit sequences. The main reason for defining abbreviations is to |
+save space. The default abbreviations are simplistic and are intended to handle |
+all possible records. The default abbreviations do not really worry about being |
+efficient, in terms of the number of bits generated.</p> |
+<p>By separating the concepts of PNaCl records and abbreviations, the notion of |
+data compression is cleanly separated from semantic content. This allows |
+different use cases to decide how much effort should be spent on compressing |
+records.</p> |
+<p>For a JIT compiler that produces bitcode, little (if any) compression should be |
+applied. In fact, the API to the JIT may just be the records themselves. The |
+goal of a JIT is to perform the final translation to machine code as quickly as |
+possible. On the other hand, when delivering across the web, one may want to |
+compress the sequence of bits considerably, to reduce costs in delivering web |
+pages.</p> |
+</section><section id="data-model"> |
+<h2 id="data-model">Data Model</h2> |
+<p>The data model for PNaCl bitcode is fixed at little-endian ILP32: pointers are |
+32 bits in size. 64-bit integer types are also supported natively via the i64 |
+type (for example, a front-end can generate these from the C/C++ type <em>long |
+long</em>).</p> |
+<p>Integers are assumed to be modeled using two’s complement. Floating point |
+support is fixed at IEEE 754 32-bit and 64-bit values (float and double, |
+respectively).</p> |
+</section><section id="pnacl-blocks"> |
+<h2 id="pnacl-blocks">PNaCl Blocks</h2> |
+<p>Blocks are used to organize records in the bitcode file. The kinds of blocks |
+defined in PNaClAsm are:</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>Module block</dt> |
+<dd>A top-level block defining the program. This block defines global information |
+used by the program, followed by function blocks defining the implementation |
+of functions within the program.</dd> |
+<dt>Types block</dt> |
+<dd>Defines the set of types used by the program. All types used in the program |
+must be defined in this block. These types consist of primitive types as well |
+as high level constructs such as vectors and function signatures.</dd> |
+<dt>Globals block</dt> |
+<dd>Defines the set of global addresses of global variables and constants used by |
+the program. It also defines how each global (associated with the global |
+address) is initialized.</dd> |
+<dt>Valuesymtab block</dt> |
+<dd>Defines textual names for external function addresses.</dd> |
+<dt>Function block</dt> |
+<dd>Each function (implemented) in a program has its own block that defines the |
+implementation of the corresponding function.</dd> |
+<dt>Constants block</dt> |
+<dd>Each implemented function, that uses constants in its instructions, defines a |
+constant block. Constants blocks appear within the corresponding function |
+block of the implemented function.</dd> |
+<dt>Abbreviations block</dt> |
+<dd>Defines global abbreviations that are used to compress PNaCl records. This |
+block is segmented into multiple sections, one section for each kind of |
+block. This block appears at the beginning of the module block.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+<p>This section is only intended as a high-level discussion of blocks. Later |
+subsections will dive more deeply into the constraints on how blocks must be |
+laid out. This section only presents the overall concepts of what kinds of data |
+is stored in each of the blocks.</p> |
+<p>A PNaCl program consists of a header record and a module block. The header |
+defines a sequence of bytes uniquely identifying the file as a bitcode file. The |
+module block defines the program to run.</p> |
+<p>Each block, within a bitcode file, defines values. These values are associated |
+with IDs. Each type of block defines different kinds of IDs. The module, types, |
+globals, and abbreviations blocks define global identifiers, and only a single |
+instance can appear. The function and constant blocks define local identifiers, |
+and can have multiple instances (one for each implemented function).</p> |
+<p>Each <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-function-blocks-section"><em>function block</em></a> defines the |
+implementation of a single function. Each function block defines the |
+intermediate representation of the function, consisting of basic blocks and |
+instructions. If constants are used within instructions, they are defined in a |
+<em>constants block</em>, nested within the corresponding function block.</p> |
+<p>All function blocks are associated with a corresponding function address. This |
+association is (again) positional rather than explicit. That is, the Nth |
+function block in a module block corresponds to the Nth defining (rather than |
+declared) function address record in the module block.</p> |
+<p>Hence, within a function block, there is no explicit reference to the |
+function address the block defines. For readability, PNaClAsm uses the |
+corresponding function heading, associated with the corresponding |
+function address record, even though that data does not appear in the |
+corresponding records.</p> |
+</section><section id="pnacl-records"> |
+<span id="link-for-pnacl-records"></span><h2 id="pnacl-records"><span id="link-for-pnacl-records"></span>PNaCl Records</h2> |
+<p>A PNaCl record is a non-empty sequence of unsigned, 64-bit, integers. A record |
+is identified by the record <em>code</em>, which is the first element in the |
+sequence. Record codes are unique within a specific kind of block, but are not |
+necessarily unique across different kinds of blocks. The record code acts as the |
+variant discriminator (i.e. tag) within a block, to identify what kind of record |
+it is.</p> |
+<p>Record codes that are local to a specific kind of block are small values |
+(starting from zero). In an ideal world, they would be a consecutive sequence of |
+integers, starting at zero. However, the reality is that PNaCl records evolved |
+over time (and actually started as <a class="reference external" href="http://llvm.org/docs/BitCodeFormat.html">LLVM records</a>). For backwards |
+compatibility, old numbers have not been reused, leaving gaps in the actual |
+record code values used.</p> |
+<p>Global record codes are record codes that have the same meaning in multiple |
+kinds of block. To separate global record codes from local record codes, large |
+values are used. Currently there are four global record codes. To make these |
+cases clear, and to leave room for lots of future growth in PNaClAsm, these |
+special records have record codes close to the value 2**16. Note: Well-formed |
+PNaCl bitcode files do not have record codes >= 2**16.</p> |
+<p>A PNaCl record is denoted as follows:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+a: <v0, v1, ... , vN> |
+</pre> |
+<p>The value <em>v0</em> is the record code. The remaining values, <em>v1</em> through <em>vN</em>, are |
+parameters that fill in additional information needed by the construct it |
+represents. All records must have a record code. Hence, empty PNaCl records are |
+not allowed. <em>a</em> is the index to the abbreviation used to convert the record to |
+a bit sequence.</p> |
+<p>While most records (for a given record code) are of the same length, it is not |
+true of all record codes. Some record codes can have arbitrary length. In |
+particular, function type signatures, call instructions, phi nodes, switch |
+instructions, and global variable initialization records all have variable |
+length. The expected length is predefined and part of the PNaClAsm language. See |
+the corresponding contruct (associated with the record) to determine the |
+expected length.</p> |
+<p>The PNaCl bitstream writer, which converts records to bit sequences, does this |
+by writing out the abbreviation index used to encode the record, followed by the |
+contents of the record. The details of this are left to the section on |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-abbreviations-section"><em>abbreviations</em></a>. However, at the record |
+level, one important aspect of this appears in block enter records. These |
+records must define how many bits are required to hold abbreviation indices |
+associated with records of that block.</p> |
+<p>There are 4 predefined (default) abbreviation indices, used as the default |
+abbreviations for PNaCl records. They are:</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>0</dt> |
+<dd>Abbreviation index for the abbreviation used to bit-encode an exit block |
+record.</dd> |
+<dt>1</dt> |
+<dd>Abbreviation index for the abbreviation used to bit-encode an enter block |
+record.</dd> |
+<dt>2</dt> |
+<dd>Abbreviation index for the abbreviation used to bit-encode a user-defined |
+abbreviation. Note: User defined abbreviations are also encoded as records, |
+and hence need an abbreviation index to bit-encode them.</dd> |
+<dt>3</dt> |
+<dd>Abbreviation index for the default abbreviation to bit-encode all other |
+records in the bitcode file.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+<p>A block may (in addition), define a list of block specific, user-defined, |
+abbreviations (of length <em>U</em>). The number of bits <em>B</em> specified for an enter |
+record must be sufficiently large such that</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+2**B >= U + 4 |
+</pre> |
+<p>In addition, the upper limit for B is 32.</p> |
+<p>PNaClAsm requires that you specify the number of bits needed to read |
+abbreviations as part of the enter block record. This allows the PNaCl bitcode |
+reader/writer to use the specified number of bits to encode abbreviation |
+indices.</p> |
+</section><section id="pnacl-identifiers"> |
+<h2 id="pnacl-identifiers">PNaCl Identifiers</h2> |
+<p>A program is defined as a sequence of top-level <em>blocks</em>. Blocks can be nested |
+within other blocks. Each block defines a sequence of records.</p> |
+<p>Most of the records, within a block, also define unique values. Each unique |
+value is given a corresponding unique identifier (i.e. <em>ID</em>). In PNaClAsm. each |
+kind of block defines its own kind of identifiers. The names of these |
+identifiers are defined by concatenating a prefix character (‘@’ or ‘%’), the |
+kind of block (a single character), and a suffix index. The suffix index is |
+defined by the positional location of the defined value within the records of |
+the corresponding block. The indices are all zero based, meaning that the first |
+defined value (within a block) is defined using index 0.</p> |
+<p>Identifiers are categorized into two types, <em>local</em> and <em>global</em>. Local |
+identifiers are identifiers that are associated with the implementation of a |
+single function. In that sense, they are local to the block they appear in.</p> |
+<p>All other identifiers are global. This split is intentional. Global identifiers |
+are used by multiple functions, and therefore must be known in all function |
+implementations. Local identifiers only apply to a single function, and can be |
+reused between functions. The <em>PNaCl translator</em> uses this separation to |
+parallelize the compilation of functions.</p> |
+<p>In general, global identifiers are tied to a specific type of block. Local |
+identifiers are unique to the function block they appear in.</p> |
+<p>Note that local abbreviation identifiers are unique to the block they appear |
+in. Global abbreviation identifiers are only unique to the block type they are |
+defined for. Different block types can reuse global abbreviation identifiers.</p> |
+<p>Global identifiers use the prefix character <em>‘@’</em> while local identifiers use |
+the prefix character <em>‘%’</em>.</p> |
+<p>Note that by using positional location to define identifiers (within a block), |
+the values defined in PNaCl bitcode files need not be explicitly included in the |
+bitcode file. Rather, they are inferred by the (ordered) position of the record |
+in the block. This is also intentional. It is used to reduce the amount of data |
+that must be (explicitly) passed to the PNaCl translator, and downloaded though |
+the internet.</p> |
+<p>In general, most of the records within blocks are assumed to be topologically |
+sorted, putting value definitions before their uses. This implies that records |
+do not need to encode data if they can deduce the corresponding information from |
+their uses.</p> |
+<p>The most common use of this is that many instructions use the type of their |
+operands to determine the type of the instruction. Again, this is |
+intentional. It allows less information to be stored.</p> |
+<p>However, for function blocks (which define instructions), no topological sort |
+exists. Loop carried value dependencies simply do not allow topologically |
+sorting. To deal with this, function blocks have a notion of a forward |
+(instruction value) declaration. These declarations must appear before any of |
+the uses of that value, if the (instruction) value is defined later in the |
+function than its first use (see <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-forward-type-declaration-section"><em>forward type |
+declarations</em></a>).</p> |
+<p>The kinds of identifiers used in PNaClAsm are:</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>@a</dt> |
+<dd>Global abbreviation identifier.</dd> |
+<dt>%a</dt> |
+<dd>Block local abbreviation identifier.</dd> |
+<dt>%b</dt> |
+<dd>Function local basic block identifier.</dd> |
+<dt>%c</dt> |
+<dd>Function local constant identifier.</dd> |
+<dt>@f</dt> |
+<dd>Global function address identifier.</dd> |
+<dt>@g</dt> |
+<dd>Global variable/constant address identifier.</dd> |
+<dt>%p</dt> |
+<dd>Function local parameter identifier.</dd> |
+<dt>@t</dt> |
+<dd>Global type identifier.</dd> |
+<dt>%v</dt> |
+<dd>Function local instruction generated value identifier.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+</section><section id="conventions-for-describing-records"> |
+<h2 id="conventions-for-describing-records">Conventions For Describing Records</h2> |
+<p>PNaClAsm is the textual representation of PNaCl records. Each PNaCl record is |
+described by a corresponding PNaClAsm construct. These constructs are described |
+using syntax rules, and semantics on how they are converted to records. Along |
+with the rules, is a notion of <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-global-state-section"><em>Global State</em></a>. The global |
+state is updated by syntax rules. The purpose of the global state is to track |
+positional dependencies between records.</p> |
+<p>For each PNaCl construct, we define multiple subsections. The <strong>Syntax</strong> |
+subsection defines a syntax rule for the construct. The <strong>Record</strong> subsection |
+defines the corresponding record associated with the syntax rule. The |
+<strong>Semantics</strong> subsection describes the semantics associated with the record, in |
+terms of data within the globa state and the corresponding syntax. It also |
+includes other high-level semantics, when appropriate.</p> |
+<p>The <strong>Constraints</strong> subsection (if present) defines any constraints associated |
+with the construct, including the global state. The <strong>Updates</strong> subsection (if |
+present) defines how the global state is updated when the construct is |
+processed. The <strong>Examples</strong> subsection gives one (or more) examples of using |
+the corresponding PNaClAsm construct.</p> |
+<p>Some semantics subsections use functions to compute values. The meaning of |
+functions can be found in <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-support-functions-section"><em>Support Functions</em></a>.</p> |
+<p>The syntax rule may include the abbreviation to use, when converting to a |
+bit-sequence. These abbreviations, if allowed, are at the end of the construct, |
+and enclosed in <em><</em> and <em>></em> brackets. These abbreviation are optional in the |
+syntax, and can be omitted. If they are used, the abbreviation brackets are part |
+of the actual syntax of the construct. If the abbreviation is omitted, the |
+default abbreviation index is used. To make it clear that abbreviations are |
+optional, syntax rules separate abbreviations using plenty of whitespace.</p> |
+<p>Within a syntax rule, lower case characters are literal values. Sequences of |
+upper case alphanumeric characters are named values. if we mix lower and upper |
+case letters within a name appearing in a syntax rule, the lower case letters |
+are literal while the upper case sequence of alphanumeric charaters denote rule |
+specific values. The valid values for each of these names will be defined in |
+the corresponding semantics and constraints subsections.</p> |
+<p>For example, consider the following syntax rule:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = add T O1, O2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p>This rule defines a PNaClAsm add instruction. This construct defines an |
+instruction that adds two values (<em>O1</em> and <em>O2</em>) to generate instruction value |
+<em>%vN</em>. The types of the arguments, and the result, are all of type <em>T</em>. If |
+abbreviation ID <em>A</em> is present, the record is encoded using that |
+abbreviation. Otherwise the corresponding default abbreviation (3) is used.</p> |
+<p>To be concrete, the syntactic rule above defines the structure of the following |
+PNaClAsm examples.</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%v10 = add i32 %v1, %v2; <@a5> |
+%v11 = add i32 %v10, %v3; |
+</pre> |
+<p>In addition to specifying the syntax, each syntax rule can also also specify the |
+contents of the corresponding record in the corresponding record subsection. In |
+simple cases, the elements of the corresponding record are predefined (literal) |
+constants. Otherwise the record element is a name that is defined by the other |
+subsections associated with the construct.</p> |
+</section><section id="factorial-example"> |
+<h2 id="factorial-example">Factorial Example</h2> |
+<p>This section provides a simple example of a PNaCl bitcode file. Its contents |
+describe a bitcode file that only defines a function to compute the factorial |
+value of a number.</p> |
+<p>In C, the factorial function can be defined as:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+int fact(int n) { |
+ if (n == 1) return 1; |
+ return n * fact(n-1); |
+} |
+</pre> |
+<p>Compiling this into a PNaCl bitcode file, and dumping out its contents with |
+utility <em>pnacl-bcdis</em>, the corresponding output is:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 0:0|<65532, 80, 69, 88, 69, 1, 0,|Magic Number: 'PEXE' (80, 69, 88, 69) |
+ | 8, 0, 17, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 0, |PNaCl Version: 2 |
+ | 0> | |
+ 16:0|1: <65535, 8, 2> |module { // BlockID = 8 |
+ 24:0| 3: <1, 1> | version 1; |
+ 26:4| 1: <65535, 0, 2> | abbreviations { // BlockID = 0 |
+ 36:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <2> | @t1 = void; |
+ 55:4| 3: <21, 0, 0, 0> | @t2 = i32 (i32); |
+ 59:4| 3: <7, 1> | @t3 = i1; |
+ 62:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ 64:0| 3: <8, 2, 0, 0, 0> | define external i32 @f0(i32); |
+ 68:6| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+ 76:0| 3: <5, 0> | count 0; |
+ 78:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ 80:0| 1: <65535, 14, 2> | valuesymtab { // BlockID = 14 |
+ 88:0| 3: <1, 0, 102, 97, 99, | @f0 : "fact"; |
+ | 116> | |
+ 96:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+100:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+108:0| 3: <1, 3> | blocks 3; |
+110:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+120:0| 3: <1, 0> | i32: |
+122:4| 3: <4, 2> | %c0 = i32 1; |
+125:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+128:0| 3: <28, 2, 1, 32> | %v0 = icmp eq i32 %p0, %c0; |
+132:6| 3: <11, 1, 2, 1> | br i1 %v0, label %b1, label %b2; |
+ | | %b1: |
+136:6| 3: <10, 2> | ret i32 %c0; |
+ | | %b2: |
+139:2| 3: <2, 3, 2, 1> | %v1 = sub i32 %p0, %c0; |
+143:2| 3: <34, 0, 5, 1> | %v2 = call i32 @f0(i32 %v1); |
+148:0| 3: <2, 5, 1, 2> | %v3 = mul i32 %p0, %v2; |
+152:0| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v3; |
+154:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+156:0|0: <65534> |} |
+</pre> |
+<p>Note that there are three columns in this output. The first column contains the |
+bit positions of the records within the bitcode file. The second column contains |
+the sequence of records within the bitcode file. The third column contains the |
+corresponding PNaClAsm program.</p> |
+<p>Bit positions are defined by a pair <em>B:N</em>. <em>B</em> is the number of bytes, while <em>N</em> |
+is the bit offset within the <em>Bth</em> byte. Hence, the bit position (in bits) is:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+B*8 + N |
+</pre> |
+<p>Hence, the first <em>header</em> record is at bit offset 0 (0*8+0). The second record |
+is at bit offset 128 (16*8+0). The third record is at bit offset 192 (24*8+0). |
+The fourth record is at bit offset 212 (26*8+4).</p> |
+<p>The header record is a sequence of 16 bytes, defining the contents of the first |
+16 bytes of the bitcode file. These bytes never change, and are expected for all |
+version 2, PNaClBitcode files. The first four bytes define the magic number of |
+the file, i.e. ‘PEXE’. All PEXE bitcode files begin with these four bytes.</p> |
+<p>All but the header record has an abbreviation index associated with it. Since no |
+user-defined abbreviations are provided, all records were converted to |
+bitsequences using default abbreviations.</p> |
+<p>The types block (starting at bit address 40:0), defines 4 types: <em>i1</em>, <em>i32</em>, |
+<em>void</em>, and function signature <em>i32 (i32)</em>.</p> |
+<p>Bit address 64:0 declares the factorial function address @f0, and its |
+corresponding type signature. Bit address 88:0 associates the name “fact” with |
+function address @f0.</p> |
+<p>Bit address 100:0 defines the function block that implements function |
+“fact”. The entry point is %b0 (at bit address 128:0). It uses the 32-bit |
+integer constant 1 (defined at bit addresses 122:4). Bit address 128:0 defines |
+an equality comparison of the argument %p0 with 1 (constant %c0). Bit address |
+132:6 defines a conditional branch. If the result of the previous comparison |
+(%v0) is true, the program will branch to block %b1. Otherwise it will branch to |
+block %b2.</p> |
+<p>Bit address 136:6 returns constant 1 (%c0) when the input parameter is 1. |
+Instructions between bit address 139:2 and 154:4 compute and return “n * |
+fact(n-1)”.</p> |
+</section><section id="memory-blocks-and-alignment"> |
+<span id="link-for-memory-blocks-and-alignment-section"></span><h2 id="memory-blocks-and-alignment"><span id="link-for-memory-blocks-and-alignment-section"></span>Memory Blocks and Alignment</h2> |
+<p>In general, variable and heap allocated data are represented as byte addressable |
+memory blocks. Alignment is address placement of these memory blocks. Alignment |
+is always a power of 2, and defines an expectation on the memory address. That |
+is, an alignment is met if the memory address is (evenly) divisible by the |
+alignment. Note that alignment of 0 is never allowed.</p> |
+<blockquote> |
+<div>Alignment plays a role at two points:</div></blockquote> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li>When you create a local/global variable</li> |
+<li>When you load/store data using a pointer.</li> |
+</ul> |
+<p>PNaClAsm allows most types to be placed at any address, and therefore can |
+have alignment of 1. However, many architectures can load more efficiently |
+if the data has an alignment that is larger than 1. As such, chosing a larger |
+alignment can make load/stores more efficient.</p> |
+<p>On loads and stores, the aligment in the instruction is used to communicate what |
+assumptions the PNaCl translator can make when choosing the appropriate machine |
+instructions. If the alignment is 1, it can’t assume anything about the memory |
+address used by the instruction. When the alignment is greater than one, it can |
+use that information to potentially chose a more efficent sequence of |
+instructions to do the load/store.</p> |
+<p>When laying out data within a variable, one also considers alignment. The reason |
+for this is that if you want an address to be aligned, within the bytes defining |
+the variable, you must choose an alignment for the variable that guarantees that |
+alignment.</p> |
+<p>In PNaClAsm, the valid load/store alignments are:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">Type</th> |
+<th class="head">Alignment</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>i1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>i8</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>i16</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>i32</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>i64</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>Float</td> |
+<td>1, 4</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>Double</td> |
+<td>1, 8</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td><16 x i8></td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td><8 x i16></td> |
+<td>2</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td><4 x i32></td> |
+<td>4</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td><4 x float></td> |
+<td>4</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p>Note that only vectors do not have an alignment value of 1. Hence, they can’t be |
+placed at any memory address.</p> |
+</section><section id="intrinsic-functions"> |
+<span id="link-for-intrinsic-functions-section"></span><h2 id="intrinsic-functions"><span id="link-for-intrinsic-functions-section"></span>Intrinsic functions</h2> |
+<p>Intrinsic functions are special in PNaClAsm. They are implemented as specially |
+named (external) function calls. The purpose of these intrinsic functions is to |
+extend the PNaClAsm instruction set with additional functionality that is |
+architecture specific. Hence, they either can’t be implemented within PNaClAsm, |
+or a non-architecture specific implementation may be too slow on some |
+architectures. In such cases, the PNaCl translator must fill in the |
+corresponding implementation, since only it knows the architecture it is |
+compiling down to.</p> |
+<p>Examples of intrinsic function calls are for concurrent operations, atomic |
+operations, bulk memory moves, thread pointer operations, and long jumps.</p> |
+<p>It should be noted that calls to intrinsic functions do not have the same |
+calling type constraints as ordinary functions. That is, an instrisic can use |
+any integral type for arguments/results, unlike ordinary functions (which |
+restrict integral types to i32 and i64).</p> |
+<p>See the <a class="reference internal" href="/native-client/reference/pnacl-bitcode-abi.html"><em>PNaCl bitcode reference manual</em></a> for the full |
+set of intrinsic functions allowed.</p> |
+</section><section id="global-state"> |
+<span id="link-for-global-state-section"></span><h2 id="global-state"><span id="link-for-global-state-section"></span>Global State</h2> |
+<p>This section describes the global state associated with PNaClAsm. It is used to |
+define contextual data that is carried between records. The following |
+subsections describe each element of the global state.</p> |
+<section id="typing"> |
+<h3 id="typing">Typing</h3> |
+<p>Associated with most identifiers is a type. This type defines what type the |
+corresponding value has. It is defined by the (initially empty) map</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TypeOf: ID -> Type |
+</pre> |
+<p>For each type in the <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-types-block-section"><em>types block</em></a>, a |
+corresponding inverse map</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TypeID: Type -> ID |
+</pre> |
+<p>is maintained to convert syntactic types to the corresponding type ID.</p> |
+<p>Note: This document assumes that map <em>TypeID</em> is automatically maintained during |
+updates to map <em>TypeOf</em> (when given a type ID). Hence, <em>updates</em> subsections |
+will not contain assignments to this map.</p> |
+<p>Associated with each function identifier is its type signature. This is |
+different than the type of the function identifier, since function identifiers |
+represent the function addrress which is a pointer (and pointers are alwyas |
+implemented as a 32-bit integer following the ILP32 data model).</p> |
+<p>Function type signatures are maintained using:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TypeOfFcn: ID -> Type |
+</pre> |
+<p>In addition, if a function address has an implementing block, there is a |
+corresponding implementation associated with the function address. To capture |
+this association, we use the set:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+DefiningFcnIDs: set(ID) |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="id-counters"> |
+<h3 id="id-counters">ID Counters</h3> |
+<p>Each block defines one (or more) kinds of values. Value indices are generated |
+sequentially, starting at zero. To capture this, the following counters are |
+defined:</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>NumTypes</dt> |
+<dd>The number of types defined so far (in the types block)</dd> |
+<dt>NumFuncAddresses</dt> |
+<dd>The number of function addresses defined so far (in the module block).</dd> |
+<dt>NumGlobalAddresses</dt> |
+<dd>The number of global variable/constant addresses defined so far (in the |
+globals block).</dd> |
+<dt>NumParams</dt> |
+<dd>The number of parameters defined for a function.</dd> |
+<dt>NumFcnConsts</dt> |
+<dd>The number of constants defined in a function so far.</dd> |
+<dt>NumBasicBlocks</dt> |
+<dd>The number of basic blocks defined so far (within a function block).</dd> |
+<dt>NumValuedInsts</dt> |
+<dd>The number of instructions, generating values, defined so far (within a |
+function block) so far.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+</section><section id="size-variables"> |
+<h3 id="size-variables">Size Variables</h3> |
+<p>A number of blocks define expected sizes of constructs. These sizes are recorded |
+in the following size variables:</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>ExpectedBasicBlocks</dt> |
+<dd>The expected number of basic blocks within a function implementation.</dd> |
+<dt>ExpectedTypes</dt> |
+<dd>The expected number of types defined in the types block.</dd> |
+<dt>ExpectedGlobals</dt> |
+<dd>The expected number of global variable/constant addresses in the globals |
+block.</dd> |
+<dt>ExpectedInitializers</dt> |
+<dd>The expected number of initializers for a global variable/constant address in |
+the globals block.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+</section><section id="other-variables"> |
+<h3 id="other-variables">Other Variables</h3> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>EnclosingFcnID</dt> |
+<dd>The function ID of the function block being processed.</dd> |
+<dt>ConstantsSetType</dt> |
+<dd>Holds the type associated with the last <em>set type</em> record in the |
+constants block. Note: at the beginning of each constants block, this |
+variable is set to type void.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+</section></section><section id="global-records"> |
+<h2 id="global-records">Global records</h2> |
+<p>There are four global PNaCl records, each having its own record code. These |
+global records are:</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>Header</dt> |
+<dd>The header record is the first record of a PNaCl bitcode file, and identifies |
+the file’s magic number, as well as the bitcode version it uses. The record |
+defines the sequence of bytes that make up the header and uniquely identifies |
+the file as a PNaCl bitcode file.</dd> |
+<dt>Enter</dt> |
+<dd>An enter record defines the beginning of a block. Since blocks can be nested, |
+one can appear inside other blocks, as well as at the top level.</dd> |
+<dt>Exit</dt> |
+<dd>An exit record defines the end of a block. Hence, it must appear in every |
+block, to end the block.</dd> |
+<dt>Abbreviation</dt> |
+<dd>An abbreviation record defines a user-defined abbreviation to be applied to |
+records within blocks. Abbreviation records appearing in the abbreviations |
+block define global abbreviations. All other abbreviations are local to the |
+block they appear in, and can only be used in that block.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+<p>All special records can’t have user-defined abbreviations associated with |
+them. The default abbreviation is always used.</p> |
+<section id="header-record"> |
+<h3 id="header-record">Header Record</h3> |
+<p>The header record must be the first record in the file. It is the only record in |
+the bitcode file that doesn’t have a corresponding construct in PNaClAsm. In |
+addition, no abbreviation index is associated with it.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<p>There is no syntax for header records in PNaClAsm.</p> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+<65532, 80, 69, 88, 69, 1, 0, 8, 0, 17, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 0, 0> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The header record defines the initial sequence of bytes that must appear at the |
+beginning of all (PNaCl bitcode version 2) files. That sequence is the list of |
+bytes inside the record (excluding the record code). As such, it uniquely |
+identifies all PNaCl bitcode files.</p> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<p>There are no examples for the header record, since it is not part of PNaClAsm.</p> |
+</section><section id="enter-block-record"> |
+<span id="link-for-enter-block-record-section"></span><h3 id="enter-block-record"><span id="link-for-enter-block-record-section"></span>Enter Block Record</h3> |
+<p>Block records can be top-level, as well as nested in other blocks. Blocks must |
+begin with an <em>enter</em> record, and end with an <em>exit</em> record.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+N { <B> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+1: <65535, ID, B> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>Enter block records define the beginning of a block. <em>B</em>, if present, is the |
+number of bits needed to represent all possible abbreviation indices used within |
+the block. If omitted, B=2 is assumed.</p> |
+<p>The block <em>ID</em> value is dependent on the name <em>N</em>. Valid names and corresponding |
+<em>BlockID</em> values are defined as follows:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">N</th> |
+<th class="head">Block ID</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>abbreviations</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>constants</td> |
+<td>11</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>function</td> |
+<td>12</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>globals</td> |
+<td>19</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>module</td> |
+<td>8</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>types</td> |
+<td>17</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>valuesymtab</td> |
+<td>14</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p>Note: For readability, PNaClAsm defines a more readable form of a function block |
+enter record. See <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-function-blocks-section"><em>function blocks</em></a> for |
+more details.</p> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+16:0|1: <65535, 8, 2> |module { // BlockID = 8 |
+24:0| 3: <1, 1> | version 1; |
+26:4| 1: <65535, 0, 2> | abbreviations { // BlockID = 0 |
+36:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 2> | count 2; |
+50:4| 3: <2> | @t0 = void; |
+52:2| 3: <21, 0, 0> | @t1 = void (); |
+55:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+56:0| 3: <8, 1, 0, 1, 0> | declare external void @f0(); |
+60:6| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+68:0| 3: <5, 0> | count 0; |
+70:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+72:0|0: <65534> |} |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="exit-block-record"> |
+<h3 id="exit-block-record">Exit Block Record</h3> |
+<p>Block records can be top-level, as well as nested, records. Blocks must begin |
+with an <em>enter</em> record, and end with an <em>exit</em> record.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+} |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+0: <65534> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>All exit records are identical, no matter what block they are ending. An exit |
+record defines the end of the block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+16:0|1: <65535, 8, 2> |module { // BlockID = 8 |
+24:0| 3: <1, 1> | version 1; |
+26:4| 1: <65535, 0, 2> | abbreviations { // BlockID = 0 |
+36:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 2> | count 2; |
+50:4| 3: <2> | @t0 = void; |
+52:2| 3: <21, 0, 0> | @t1 = void (); |
+55:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+56:0| 3: <8, 1, 0, 1, 0> | declare external void @f0(); |
+60:6| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+68:0| 3: <5, 0> | count 0; |
+70:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+72:0|0: <65534> |} |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="abbreviation-record"> |
+<h3 id="abbreviation-record">Abbreviation Record</h3> |
+<p>Abbreviation records define abbreviations. See |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-abbreviations-section"><em>Abbreviations</em></a> for details on how abbreviations should be |
+written. This section only presents the mechanical details for converting |
+an abbreviation into a PNaCl record.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+A = abbrev <E1, ... , EM>; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+<65533, M, EE1, ... , EEM> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>Defines an abbreviation <em>A</em> as the sequence of encodings <em>E1</em> through <em>EM</em>. If |
+the abbreviation appears within the abbreviations block, <em>A</em> must be a global |
+abbreviation. Otherwise, <em>A</em> must be a local abbreviation.</p> |
+<p>Abbreviations within a block (or a section within the abbreviations block), must |
+be enumerated in order, starting at index 0.</p> |
+<p>Valid encodings <em>Ei</em>, and the corresponding sequence of (unsigned) integers |
+<em>EEi</em>, ( for 1 <= i <= M) are defined by the following table:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">Ei</th> |
+<th class="head">EEi</th> |
+<th class="head">Form</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>C</td> |
+<td>1, C</td> |
+<td>Literal C in corresponding position in record.</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>Fixed(N)</td> |
+<td>0, 1, N</td> |
+<td>Encode value as a fixed sequence of N bit.</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>Vbr(N)</td> |
+<td>0, 2, N</td> |
+<td>Encode value using a variable bit rate of N</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>Char6</td> |
+<td>0, 4</td> |
+<td>Encode value as 6-bit char containing characters [a-zA-Z0-9._].</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>Array</td> |
+<td>0, 3</td> |
+<td>Allow zero or more of the enclosed encoding</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p>Notationally, Array encloses the encoding that immediately follows it, and must |
+appear at the end of the abbreviation.</p> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<p>The following example shows the standard abbreviations used by <em>pnacl-finalize</em>.</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 0:0|<65532, 80, 69, 88, 69, 1, 0,|Magic Number: 'PEXE' (80, 69, 88, 69) |
+ | 8, 0, 17, 0, 4, 0, 2, 0, 0, |PNaCl Version: 2 |
+ | 0> | |
+ 16:0|1: <65535, 8, 2> |module { // BlockID = 8 |
+ 24:0| 3: <1, 1> | version 1; |
+ 26:4| 1: <65535, 0, 2> | abbreviations { // BlockID = 0 |
+ 36:0| 1: <1, 14> | valuesymtab: |
+ 38:4| 2: <65533, 4, 0, 1, 3, 0,| @a0 = abbrev <fixed(3), vbr(8), |
+ | 2, 8, 0, 3, 0, 1, 8> | array(fixed(8))>; |
+ 43:2| 2: <65533, 4, 1, 1, 0, 2,| @a1 = abbrev <1, vbr(8), |
+ | 8, 0, 3, 0, 1, 7> | array(fixed(7))>; |
+ 48:0| 2: <65533, 4, 1, 1, 0, 2,| @a2 = abbrev <1, vbr(8), |
+ | 8, 0, 3, 0, 4> | array(char6)>; |
+ 52:1| 2: <65533, 4, 1, 2, 0, 2,| @a3 = abbrev <2, vbr(8), |
+ | 8, 0, 3, 0, 4> | array(char6)>; |
+ 56:2| 1: <1, 11> | constants: |
+ 58:6| 2: <65533, 2, 1, 1, 0, 1,| @a0 = abbrev <1, fixed(2)>; |
+ | 2> | |
+ 61:7| 2: <65533, 2, 1, 4, 0, 2,| @a1 = abbrev <4, vbr(8)>; |
+ | 8> | |
+ 65:0| 2: <65533, 2, 1, 4, 1, 0>| @a2 = abbrev <4, 0>; |
+ 68:1| 2: <65533, 2, 1, 6, 0, 2,| @a3 = abbrev <6, vbr(8)>; |
+ | 8> | |
+ 71:2| 1: <1, 12> | function: |
+ 73:6| 2: <65533, 4, 1, 20, 0, | @a0 = abbrev <20, vbr(6), vbr(4), |
+ | 2, 6, 0, 2, 4, 0, 2, | vbr(4)>; |
+ | 4> | |
+ 79:1| 2: <65533, 4, 1, 2, 0, 2,| @a1 = abbrev <2, vbr(6), vbr(6), |
+ | 6, 0, 2, 6, 0, 1, 4> | fixed(4)>; |
+ 84:4| 2: <65533, 4, 1, 3, 0, 2,| @a2 = abbrev <3, vbr(6), |
+ | 6, 0, 1, 2, 0, 1, 4> | fixed(2), fixed(4)>; |
+ 89:7| 2: <65533, 1, 1, 10> | @a3 = abbrev <10>; |
+ 91:7| 2: <65533, 2, 1, 10, 0, | @a4 = abbrev <10, vbr(6)>; |
+ | 2, 6> | |
+ 95:0| 2: <65533, 1, 1, 15> | @a5 = abbrev <15>; |
+ 97:0| 2: <65533, 3, 1, 43, 0, | @a6 = abbrev <43, vbr(6), |
+ | 2, 6, 0, 1, 2> | fixed(2)>; |
+101:2| 2: <65533, 4, 1, 24, 0, | @a7 = abbrev <24, vbr(6), vbr(6), |
+ | 2, 6, 0, 2, 6, 0, 2, | vbr(4)>; |
+ | 4> | |
+106:5| 1: <1, 19> | globals: |
+109:1| 2: <65533, 3, 1, 0, 0, 2,| @a0 = abbrev <0, vbr(6), |
+ | 6, 0, 1, 1> | fixed(1)>; |
+113:3| 2: <65533, 2, 1, 1, 0, 2,| @a1 = abbrev <1, vbr(8)>; |
+ | 8> | |
+116:4| 2: <65533, 2, 1, 2, 0, 2,| @a2 = abbrev <2, vbr(8)>; |
+ | 8> | |
+119:5| 2: <65533, 3, 1, 3, 0, 3,| @a3 = abbrev <3, array(fixed(8))> |
+ | 0, 1, 8> | ; |
+123:2| 2: <65533, 2, 1, 4, 0, 2,| @a4 = abbrev <4, vbr(6)>; |
+ | 6> | |
+126:3| 2: <65533, 3, 1, 4, 0, 2,| @a5 = abbrev <4, vbr(6), vbr(6)>; |
+ | 6, 0, 2, 6> | |
+130:5| 0: <65534> | } |
+132:0| 1: <65535, 17, 3> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+140:0| 2: <65533, 4, 1, 21, 0, | %a0 = abbrev <21, fixed(1), |
+ | 1, 1, 0, 3, 0, 1, 2> | array(fixed(2))>; |
+144:7| 3: <1, 3> | count 3; |
+147:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+150:7| 4: <21, 0, 0, 0, 0> | @t1 = i32 (i32, i32); <%a0> |
+152:7| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+154:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+156:0| 3: <8, 1, 0, 0, 0> | define external i32 @f0(i32, i32); |
+160:6| 1: <65535, 19, 4> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+168:0| 3: <5, 0> | count 0; |
+170:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+172:0| 1: <65535, 14, 3> | valuesymtab { // BlockID = 14 |
+180:0| 6: <1, 0, 102> | @f0 : "f"; <@a2> |
+182:7| 0: <65534> | } |
+184:0| 1: <65535, 12, 4> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+192:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+194:6| 5: <2, 2, 1, 0> | %v0 = add i32 %p0, %p1; <@a1> |
+197:2| 5: <2, 3, 1, 0> | %v1 = add i32 %p0, %v0; <@a1> |
+199:6| 8: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; <@a4> |
+201:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+204:0|0: <65534> |} |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="types-block"> |
+<span id="link-for-types-block-section"></span><h2 id="types-block"><span id="link-for-types-block-section"></span>Types Block</h2> |
+<p>The types block defines all types used in a program. It must appear in the |
+module block, before any function address records, the globals block, the |
+valuesymtab block, and any function blocks.</p> |
+<p>All types used in a program must be defined in the types block. Many PNaClAsm |
+constructs allow one to use explicit type names, rather than the type |
+identifiers defined by this block. However, they are internally converted to the |
+corresponding type identifer in the types block. Hence, the requirement that the |
+types block must appear early in the module block.</p> |
+<p>Each record in the types block defines a type used by the program. Types can be |
+broken into the following groups:</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>Primitive value types</dt> |
+<dd>Defines the set of base types for values. This includes various sizes of |
+integral and floating types.</dd> |
+<dt>Void type</dt> |
+<dd>A primitive type that doesn’t represent any value and has no size.</dd> |
+<dt>Function types</dt> |
+<dd>The type signatures of functions.</dd> |
+<dt>Vector type</dt> |
+<dd>Defines vectors of primitive types.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+<p>In addition, any type that is not defined using another type is a primitive |
+type. All other types (i.e. function and vector) are composite types.</p> |
+<p>Types must be defined in a topological order, causing primitive types to appear |
+before the composite types that use them. Each type must be unique. There are no |
+additional restrictions on the order that types can be defined in a types block.</p> |
+<p>The following subsections introduce each valid PNaClAsm type, and the |
+corresponding PNaClAsm construct that defines the type. Types not defined in the |
+types block, can’t be used in a PNaCl program.</p> |
+<p>The first record of a types block must be a <em>count</em> record, defining how many |
+types are defined by the types block. All remaining records defines a type. The |
+following subsections define valid records within a types block. The order of |
+type records is important. The position of each defining record implicitly |
+defines the type ID that will be used to denote that type, within other PNaCl |
+records of the bitcode file.</p> |
+<p>To make this more concrete, consider the following example types block:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+53:6| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+55:4| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+57:2| 3: <21, 0, 2, 0, 1> | @t3 = void (i32, float); |
+62:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+<p>This example defines a types block that defines four type IDs:</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>@t0</dt> |
+<dd>A 32-bit integer type.</dd> |
+<dt>@t1</dt> |
+<dd>A 32-bit floating type.</dd> |
+<dt>@t2</dt> |
+<dd>The void type.</dd> |
+<dt>@t3</dt> |
+<dd>A function, taking 32-bit integer and float arguments that returns void.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+<section id="count-record"> |
+<h3 id="count-record">Count Record</h3> |
+<p>The <em>count record</em> defines how many types are defined in the types |
+block. Following the types count record are records that define types used by |
+the PNaCl program.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+count: N; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <1, N> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>This construct defines the number of types used by the PNaCl program. <em>N</em> is |
+the number of types defined in the types block. It is an error to define more |
+(or fewer) types than value <em>N</em>, within the enclosing types block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+0 == NumTypes |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ExpectedTypes = N; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+53:6| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+55:4| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+57:2| 3: <21, 0, 2, 0, 1> | @t3 = void (i32, float); |
+62:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="void-type"> |
+<h3 id="void-type">Void Type</h3> |
+<p>The <em>void</em> type record defines the void type, which corresponds to the type that |
+doesn’t define any value, and has no size.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+@tN = void; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The void type record defines the type that has no values and has no size.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+N == NumTypes |
+NumTypes < ExpectedTypes |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumTypes; |
+TypeOf(@tN) = void; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+@t0 = void; |
+</pre> |
+<p>defines the record</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+53:6| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+55:4| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+57:2| 3: <21, 0, 2, 0, 1> | @t3 = void (i32, float); |
+62:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="integer-types"> |
+<h3 id="integer-types">Integer Types</h3> |
+<p>PNaClAsm allows integral types for various bit sizes. Valid bit sizes are 1, 8, |
+16, 32, and 64. Integers can be signed or unsigned, but the signed component of |
+an integer is not specified by the type. Rather, individual instructions |
+determine whether the value is assumed to be signed or unsigned.</p> |
+<p>It should be noted that in PNaClAsm, all pointers are implemented as 32-bit |
+(unsigned) integers. There isn’t a separate type for pointers. The only way to |
+tell that a 32-bit integer is a pointer, is when it is used in an instruction |
+that requires a pointer (such as load and store instructions).</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+@tN = iB; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <7, B> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>An integer type record defines an integral type. <em>B</em> defines the number of bits |
+of the integral type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+N == NumTypes |
+NumTypes < ExpectedTypes |
+B in {1, 8, 16, 32, 64} |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumTypes; |
+TypeOf(@tN) = iB; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 7> | count 7; |
+50:4| 3: <7, 64> | @t0 = i64; |
+53:6| 3: <7, 1> | @t1 = i1; |
+56:2| 3: <7, 8> | @t2 = i8; |
+58:6| 3: <7, 16> | @t3 = i16; |
+61:2| 3: <7, 32> | @t4 = i32; |
+64:4| 3: <21, 0, 0, 1> | @t5 = i64 (i1); |
+68:4| 3: <2> | @t6 = void; |
+70:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="bit-floating-point-type"> |
+<h3 id="bit-floating-point-type">32-Bit Floating Point Type</h3> |
+<p>PNaClAsm allows computation on 32-bit floating point values. A float type record |
+defines the 32-bit floating point type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+@tN = float; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>A floating type record defines the 32-bit floating point type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A). |
+N == NumTypes |
+NumTypes < ExpectedTypes |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumTypes; |
+TypeOf(@tN) = float; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+50:4| 3: <4> | @t0 = double; |
+52:2| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+54:0| 3: <21, 0, 0, 1> | @t2 = double (float); |
+58:0| 3: <2> | @t3 = void; |
+59:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="id1"> |
+<h3 id="id1">64-bit Floating Point Type</h3> |
+<p>PNaClAsm allows computation on 64-bit floating point values. A double type |
+record defines the 64-bit floating point type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+@tN = double; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <4> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>A double type record defines the 64-bit floating point type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+N == NumTypes |
+NumTypes < ExpectedTypes |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumTypes; |
+TypeOf(@tN) = double; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+50:4| 3: <4> | @t0 = double; |
+52:2| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+54:0| 3: <21, 0, 0, 1> | @t2 = double (float); |
+58:0| 3: <2> | @t3 = void; |
+59:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="vector-types"> |
+<h3 id="vector-types">Vector Types</h3> |
+<p>A vector type is a derived type that represents a vector of elements. Vector |
+types are used when multiple primitve data are operated in parallel using a |
+single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of elements) |
+and an uderlying primitive data type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+@tN = < E x T > <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <12, E, TT> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The vector type defines a vector of elements. <em>T</em> is the type of each |
+element. <em>E</em> is the number of elements in the vector.</p> |
+<p>Vector types can only be defined on i1, i8, i16, i32, and float. |
+All vector types, except those on i1, must contain exactly 128 bits. |
+The valid element sizes are restricted as follows:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">Type</th> |
+<th class="head">Valid element sizes</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>i1</td> |
+<td>4, 8, 16</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>i8</td> |
+<td>16</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>i16</td> |
+<td>8</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>i32</td> |
+<td>4</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>float</td> |
+<td>4</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TT == AbsoluteIndex(TypeID(T)) |
+N == NumTypes |
+NumTypes < ExpectedTypes |
+</pre> |
+<p><em>Updates</em></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumTypes |
+TypeOf(@tN) = <E x T> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<p>The following types block defines all valid vector types:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 14> | count 14; |
+50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+53:6| 3: <7, 1> | @t1 = i1; |
+56:2| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+58:0| 3: <12, 4, 1> | @t3 = <4 x i1>; |
+61:2| 3: <12, 8, 1> | @t4 = <8 x i1>; |
+64:4| 3: <12, 16, 1> | @t5 = <16 x i1>; |
+67:6| 3: <7, 8> | @t6 = i8; |
+70:2| 3: <12, 16, 6> | @t7 = <16 x i8>; |
+73:4| 3: <7, 16> | @t8 = i16; |
+76:0| 3: <12, 8, 8> | @t9 = <8 x i16>; |
+79:2| 3: <12, 4, 0> | @t10 = <4 x i32>; |
+82:4| 3: <3> | @t11 = float; |
+84:2| 3: <12, 4, 11> | @t12 = <4 x float>; |
+87:4| 3: <21, 0, 2> | @t13 = void (); |
+90:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="function-type"> |
+<h3 id="function-type">Function Type</h3> |
+<p>The <em>function</em> type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of a |
+return type, and a (possibly empty) list of formal parameter types.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%tN = RT (T1, ... , TM) <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <21, 0, IRT, IT1, ... , ITM> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The function type defines the signature of a function. <em>RT</em> is the return type |
+of the function, while types <em>T1</em> through <em>TM</em> are the types of the |
+arguments. Indices to the corresponding type identifiers are stored in the |
+corresponding record.</p> |
+<p>The return value must either be a primitive type, type <em>void</em>, or a vector type. |
+Parameter types can be a primitive or vector type.</p> |
+<p>For ordinary functions, the only valid integral types that can be used for a |
+return or parameter type are i32 and i64. All other integral types are not |
+allowed. For intrisic functions, all integral types are allowed for both return and |
+parameter types.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+M >= 0 |
+IRT == AbsoluteIndex(TypeID(RT)) |
+IT1 == AbsoluteIndex(TypeID(T1)) |
+... |
+ITM == AbsoluteIndex(TypeID(TM)) |
+N == NumTypes |
+NumTypes < ExpectedTypes |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumTypes |
+TypeOf(@tN) = RT (T1, ... , TM) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 7> | count 7; |
+50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+53:6| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+55:4| 3: <4> | @t2 = double; |
+57:2| 3: <21, 0, 2, 1> | @t3 = double (float); |
+61:2| 3: <2> | @t4 = void; |
+63:0| 3: <21, 0, 4> | @t5 = void (); |
+66:2| 3: <21, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 2>| @t6 = |
+ | | i32 (i32, float, i32, double); |
+72:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="globals-block"> |
+<span id="link-for-globals-block-section"></span><h2 id="globals-block"><span id="link-for-globals-block-section"></span>Globals block</h2> |
+<p>The globals block defines global addresses of variables and constants, used by |
+the PNaCl program. It also defines the memory associated with the global |
+addresses, and how to initialize each global variable/constant. It must appear |
+in the module block. It must appear after the types block, as well as after all |
+function address records. But, it must also appear before the valuesymtab block, |
+and any function blocks.</p> |
+<p>The globals block begins with a count record, defining how many global addresses |
+are defined by the PNaCl program. It is then followed by a sequence of records |
+that defines each global address, and how each global address is initialized.</p> |
+<p>The standard sequence, for defining global addresses, begins with a global |
+address record. It is then followed by a sequence of records defining how the |
+global address is initialized. If the initializer is simple, a single record is |
+used. Otherwise, the initializer is preceded with a compound record, specifying |
+a number <em>N</em>, followed by sequence of <em>N</em> simple initializer records.</p> |
+<p>The size of the memory referenced by each global address is defined by its |
+initializer records. All simple initializer records define a sequence of |
+bytes. A compound initializer defines the sequence of bytes by concatenating the |
+corresponding sequence of bytes for each of its simple initializer records.</p> |
+<p>For notational convenience, PNaClAsm begins a compound record with a “{”, and |
+inserts a “}” after the last initializer record associated compound record. This |
+latter “}” does not correspond to any record. It is implicitly assumed by the |
+size specified in the compound record, and is added only to improve readability.</p> |
+<p>Explicit alignment is specified for global addresses, and must be a power of |
+2. See <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-memory-blocks-and-alignment-section"><em>Memory Blocks and Alignment</em></a> for a more detailed |
+discussion on how to define alignment.</p> |
+<p>For example, consider the following pnacl-bcdis output snippet:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+52:0| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+60:0| 3: <5, 2> | count 2; |
+62:4| 3: <0, 1, 1> | const @g0, align 1, |
+65:6| 3: <2, 8> | zerofill 8; |
+68:2| 3: <0, 1, 0> | var @g1, align 1, |
+71:4| 3: <1, 2> | initializers 2 { |
+74:0| 3: <3, 1, 2, 3, 4> | { 1, 2, 3, 4} |
+78:6| 3: <2, 2> | zerofill 2; |
+ | | } |
+81:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+<p>This snippet defines the global constant <em>@g0</em>, and the global variable |
+<em>@g1</em>. @g0 is 8 bytes long, and initialized to zero. @g1 is with 6 bytes: “1 2 3 |
+4 0 0”.</p> |
+<section id="id2"> |
+<h3 id="id2">Count Record</h3> |
+<p>The count record defines the number of global addresses used by the PNaCl |
+program.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+count: N; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <5, N> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>This record must appear first in the globals block. The count record defines |
+the number of global addresses used by the program.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ExpectedGlobals = N; |
+ExpectedInitializers = 0; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+52:0| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+60:0| 3: <5, 2> | count 2; |
+62:4| 3: <0, 1, 1> | const @g0, align 1, |
+65:6| 3: <2, 8> | zerofill 8; |
+68:2| 3: <0, 1, 0> | var @g1, align 1, |
+71:4| 3: <1, 2> | initializers 2 { |
+74:0| 3: <3, 1, 2, 3, 4> | { 1, 2, 3, 4} |
+78:6| 3: <2, 2> | zerofill 2; |
+ | | } |
+81:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="global-variable-addressses"> |
+<h3 id="global-variable-addressses">Global Variable Addressses</h3> |
+<p>A global variable address record defines a global address to global data. The |
+global variable address record must be immediately followed by initializer |
+record(s) that define how the corresponding global variable is initialized.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+var @gN, align V, <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <0, VV, 0> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>A global variable address record defines a global address for a global variable. |
+<em>V</em> is the memory alignment for the global variable address, and is a power |
+of 2.</p> |
+<p>It is assumed that the memory, referenced by the global variable address, can be |
+both read and written to.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+N == NumGlobalAddresses |
+NumGlobalAddresses < ExpectedGlobals |
+ExpectedInitializers == 0 |
+VV == Log2(V+1) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumGlobalAddresses; |
+ExpectedInitializers = 1; |
+TypeOf(@gN) = i32; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+52:0| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+60:0| 3: <5, 2> | count 2; |
+62:4| 3: <0, 3, 0> | var @g0, align 4, |
+65:6| 3: <2, 8> | zerofill 8; |
+68:2| 3: <0, 1, 0> | var @g1, align 1, |
+71:4| 3: <3, 1, 2, 3, 4> | { 1, 2, 3, 4} |
+76:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+80:0|0: <65534> |} |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="global-constant-addresses"> |
+<h3 id="global-constant-addresses">Global Constant Addresses</h3> |
+<p>A global constant address record defines an address corresponding to a global |
+constant that can’t be modified by the program. The global constant address |
+record must be immediately followed by initializer record(s) that define how |
+the corresponding global constant is initialized.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+const @gN, align V, <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <0, VV, 1> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>A global constant address record defines a global address for a global constant. |
+<em>V</em> is the memory alignment for the global constant address, and is a power |
+of 2.</p> |
+<p>It is assumed that the memory, referenced by the global constant address, is |
+only read, and can’t be written to.</p> |
+<p>Note that the only difference between a global variable address and a global |
+constant address record is the third element of the record. If the value is |
+zero, it defines a global variable address. If the value is one, it defines a |
+global constant address.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+N == NumGlobalAddresses |
+NumGlobalAddresses < ExpectedGlobals |
+ExpectedInitializers == 0 |
+VV == Log2(V+1) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumGlobalAddresses; |
+ExpectedInitializers = 1; |
+TypeOf(@gN) = i32; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+52:0| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+60:0| 3: <5, 2> | count 2; |
+62:4| 3: <0, 3, 1> | const @g0, align 4, |
+65:6| 3: <2, 8> | zerofill 8; |
+68:2| 3: <0, 1, 1> | const @g1, align 1, |
+71:4| 3: <3, 1, 2, 3, 4> | { 1, 2, 3, 4} |
+76:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="zerofill-initializer"> |
+<h3 id="zerofill-initializer">Zerofill Initializer</h3> |
+<p>The zerofill initializer record initializes a sequence of bytes, associated with |
+a global address, with zeros.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+zerofill N; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, N> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>A zerofill initializer record intializes a sequence of bytes, associated with a |
+global address, with zeros. The number of bytes initialized to zero is <em>N</em>.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+ExpectedInitializers > 0; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+--ExpectedInitializers; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+52:0| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+60:0| 3: <5, 2> | count 2; |
+62:4| 3: <0, 3, 1> | const @g0, align 4, |
+65:6| 3: <2, 8> | zerofill 8; |
+68:2| 3: <0, 1, 0> | var @g1, align 1, |
+71:4| 3: <2, 4> | zerofill 4; |
+74:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="data-initializer"> |
+<h3 id="data-initializer">Data Initializer</h3> |
+<p>Data records define a sequence of bytes. These bytes define the initial value of |
+the contents of the corresponding memory.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+{ B1 , .... , BN } <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, B1, ..., BN> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>A data record defines a sequence of bytes <em>B1</em> through <em>BN</em>, that initialize <em>N</em> |
+bytes of memory.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+ExpectedInitializers > 0 |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+--ExpectedInitializers; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 56:0| 3: <8, 1, 0, 1, 0> | declare external void @f0(); |
+ 60:6| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+ 68:0| 3: <5, 2> | count 2; |
+ 70:4| 3: <0, 1, 1> | const @g0, align 1, |
+ 73:6| 3: <3, 1, 2, 97, 36, 44, | { 1, 2, 97, 36, 44, 88, |
+ | 88, 44, 50> | 44, 50} |
+ 86:0| 3: <0, 1, 1> | const @g1, align 1, |
+ 89:2| 3: <1, 3> | initializers 3 { |
+ 91:6| 3: <3, 1, 2, 3, 4> | { 1, 2, 3, 4} |
+ 96:4| 3: <4, 0> | reloc @f0; |
+ 99:0| 3: <3, 99, 66, 22, 12> | { 99, 66, 22, 12} |
+ | | } |
+105:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="relocation-initializer"> |
+<h3 id="relocation-initializer">Relocation Initializer</h3> |
+<p>A relocation initializer record allows one to define the initial value of a |
+global address with the value of another global address (i.e. either function, |
+variable, or constant). Since addresses are pointers, a relocation initializer |
+record defines 4 bytes of memory.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+reloc V; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <4, VV> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>A relocation initializer record defines a 4-byte value containing the specified |
+global address <em>V</em>.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV == AbsoluteIndex(V); |
+VV >= NumFuncAddresses |
+VV < NumFuncAddresses + ExpectedGlobals |
+ExpectedInitializers > 0 |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+--ExpectedInitializers; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 2> | count 2; |
+50:4| 3: <2> | @t0 = void; |
+52:2| 3: <21, 0, 0> | @t1 = void (); |
+55:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+56:0| 3: <8, 1, 0, 1, 0> | declare external void @f0(); |
+60:6| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+68:0| 3: <5, 2> | count 2; |
+70:4| 3: <0, 1, 0> | var @g0, align 1, |
+73:6| 3: <1, 3> | initializers 3 { |
+76:2| 3: <4, 0> | reloc @f0; |
+78:6| 3: <4, 1> | reloc @g0; |
+81:2| 3: <4, 2> | reloc @g1; |
+ | | } |
+83:6| 3: <0, 3, 0> | var @g1, align 4, |
+87:0| 3: <2, 4> | zerofill 4; |
+89:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+<p>This example defines global address <em>@g0</em> and <em>g1</em>. <em>g0</em> defines 12 bytes of |
+memory, and is initialized with three addresses <em>@f1</em>, <em>@g0</em>, and <em>@g1</em>. Note |
+that all global addresses can be used in a relocation initialization record, |
+even if it isn’t defined yet.</p> |
+</section><section id="subfield-relocation-initializer"> |
+<h3 id="subfield-relocation-initializer">Subfield Relocation Initializer</h3> |
+<p>A subfield relocation initializer record allows one to define the initial value |
+of a global address with the value of another (non-function) global address |
+(i.e. either variable or constant), plus a constant. Since addresses are |
+pointers, a relocation initializer record defines 4 bytes of memory.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+reloc V + O; <A> |
+reloc V - O; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <4, VV, OOO> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>A relocation initializer record defines a 4-byte value containing the specified |
+global (non-function) address <em>V</em>, modified by the unsigned offset <em>O</em>. <em>OO</em> is |
+the corresponding signed offset. In the first form, <em>OO == O</em>. In the second |
+form, <em>OO == - O</em>.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV == AbsoluteIndex(V) |
+VV >= NumFuncAddresses |
+VV < NumFuncAddresses + ExpectedGlobals |
+ExpectedInitializers > 0 |
+OOO == SignRotate(OO) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+--ExpectedInitializers; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 0> | count 0; |
+50:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+52:0| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+60:0| 3: <5, 3> | count 3; |
+62:4| 3: <0, 1, 0> | var @g0, align 1, |
+65:6| 3: <1, 3> | initializers 3 { |
+68:2| 3: <4, 0, 1> | reloc @g0 + 1; |
+71:4| 3: <4, 1, 4294967295> | reloc @g1 - 1; |
+79:2| 3: <4, 2, 4> | reloc @g2 + 4; |
+ | | } |
+82:4| 3: <0, 3, 0> | var @g1, align 4, |
+85:6| 3: <2, 4> | zerofill 4; |
+88:2| 3: <0, 3, 0> | var @g2, align 4, |
+91:4| 3: <2, 8> | zerofill 8; |
+94:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="compound-initializer"> |
+<h3 id="compound-initializer">Compound Initializer</h3> |
+<p>The compound initializer record must immediately follow a global |
+variable/constant address record. It defines how many simple initializer records |
+are used to define the initializer. The size of the corresponding memory is the |
+sum of the bytes needed for each of the succeeding initializers.</p> |
+<p>Note that a compound initializer can’t be used as a simple initializer of |
+another compound initializer (i.e. nested compound initializers are not |
+allowed).</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+initializers N { <A> |
+ ... |
+} |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <1, N> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>Defines that the next <em>N</em> initializers should be associated with the global |
+address of the previous record.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+ExpectedInitializers == 1 |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ExpectedInitializers = N; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 0> | count 0; |
+50:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+52:0| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+60:0| 3: <5, 2> | count 2; |
+62:4| 3: <0, 0, 1> | const @g0, align 0, |
+65:6| 3: <1, 2> | initializers 2 { |
+68:2| 3: <2, 8> | zerofill 8; |
+70:6| 3: <3, 3, 2, 1, 0> | { 3, 2, 1, 0} |
+ | | } |
+75:4| 3: <0, 0, 0> | var @g1, align 0, |
+78:6| 3: <1, 2> | initializers 2 { |
+81:2| 3: <3, 1, 2, 3, 4> | { 1, 2, 3, 4} |
+86:0| 3: <2, 2> | zerofill 2; |
+ | | } |
+88:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="valuesymtab-block"> |
+<span id="link-for-valuesymtab-block-section"></span><h2 id="valuesymtab-block"><span id="link-for-valuesymtab-block-section"></span>Valuesymtab Block</h2> |
+<p>The valuesymtab block ref does not define any values. Its only goal is to |
+associate text names with external function addresses. Each association is |
+defined by a record in the valuesymtab block. Currently, only |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-intrinsic-functions-section"><em>intrinsic</em></a> function addresses and |
+the (external) start function (<em>_start</em>) can be named. All named function |
+addresses must be external (see the module block’s |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-function-address-section"><em>Function Address</em></a> record). Each record in the |
+valuesymtab block is a <em>entry</em> record, defining a single name association.</p> |
+<section id="entry-record"> |
+<h3 id="entry-record">Entry Record</h3> |
+<p>The <em>entry</em> record defines a name for a function address.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+V : "NAME"; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <1, B1, ... , BN> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semnatics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>entry</em> record defines a name <em>NAME</em> for function address <em>V</em>. <em>NAME</em> is a |
+sequence of anscii characters <em>B1</em> through <em>BN</em>.</p> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 72:0| 3: <8, 4, 0, 1, 0> | declare external |
+ | | void @f0(i32, i32, i32, i32, i1); |
+ 76:6| 3: <8, 4, 0, 1, 0> | declare external |
+ | | void @f1(i32, i32, i32, i32, i1); |
+ 81:4| 3: <8, 5, 0, 0, 0> | define external void @f2(i32); |
+ 86:2| 1: <65535, 19, 2> | globals { // BlockID = 19 |
+ 92:0| 3: <5, 0> | count 0; |
+ 94:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 14, 2> | valuesymtab { // BlockID = 14 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1, 108, 108, 118, | @f1 : "llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i32"; |
+ | 109, 46, 109, 101, | |
+ | 109, 109, 111, 118, | |
+ | 101, 46, 112, 48, | |
+ | 105, 56, 46, 112, 48,| |
+ | 105, 56, 46, 105, 51,| |
+ | 50> | |
+145:4| 3: <1, 2, 95, 115, 116, | @f2 : "_start"; |
+ | 97, 114, 116> | |
+157:0| 3: <1, 0, 108, 108, 118, | @f0 : "llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i32"; |
+ | 109, 46, 109, 101, | |
+ | 109, 99, 112, 121, | |
+ | 46, 112, 48, 105, 56,| |
+ | 46, 112, 48, 105, 56,| |
+ | 46, 105, 51, 50> | |
+197:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="module-block"> |
+<h2 id="module-block">Module Block</h2> |
+<p>The module block, like all blocks, is enclosed in a pair of enter/exit records, |
+using block ID 8. A well-formed module block consists of the following records |
+(in order):</p> |
+<dl class="docutils"> |
+<dt>A version record</dt> |
+<dd>The version record communicates which version of the PNaCl bitcode |
+reader/writer should be used. Note that this is different than the PNaCl |
+bitcode (ABI) version. The PNaCl bitcode (ABI) version defines what is |
+expected in records, and is defined in the header record of the bitcode |
+file. The version record defines the version of the PNaCl bitcode |
+reader/writer to use to convert records into bit sequences.</dd> |
+<dt>Optional local abbreviations</dt> |
+<dd>Defines a list of local abbreviations to use for records within the module |
+block.</dd> |
+<dt>An abbreviations block</dt> |
+<dd>The abbreviations block defines user-defined, global abbreviations that are |
+used to convert PNaCl records to bit sequences in blocks following the |
+abbreviations block.</dd> |
+<dt>A types block</dt> |
+<dd>The types block defines the set of all types used in the program.</dd> |
+<dt>A non-empty sequence of function address records</dt> |
+<dd>Each record defines a function address used by the program. Function |
+addresses must either be external, or defined internally by the program. If |
+they are defined by the program, there must be a function block (appearing |
+later in the module) that defines the sequence of instructions for each |
+defined function.</dd> |
+<dt>A globals block defining the global variables.</dt> |
+<dd>This block defines the set of global variable (addresses) used by the |
+program. In addition to the addresses, each global variable also defines how |
+the corresponding global variable is initialized.</dd> |
+<dt>An optional value symbol table block.</dt> |
+<dd>This block, if defined, provides textual names for function and global |
+variable addresses (previously defined in the module). Note that only names |
+for intrinsic functions and the start function are specified.</dd> |
+<dt>A sequence of function blocks.</dt> |
+<dd>Each function block defines the corresponding control flow graph for each |
+defined function. The order of function blocks is used to associate them with |
+function addresses. The order of the defined function blocks must follow the |
+same order as the corresponding function addresses defined in the module |
+block.</dd> |
+</dl> |
+<p>Descriptions of the <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-abbreviations-section"><em>abbreviations</em></a>, |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-types-block-section"><em>types</em></a>, |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-globals-block-section"><em>globals</em></a>, <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-valuesymtab-block-section"><em>value symbol |
+table</em></a>, and |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-function-blocks-section"><em>function</em></a> blocks are not provided |
+here. See the appropriate reference for more details. The following subsections |
+describe each of the records that can appear in a module block.</p> |
+<section id="version"> |
+<h3 id="version">Version</h3> |
+<p>The version record defines the implementation of the PNaCl bitstream |
+reader/writer to use. That is, the implementation that converts PNaCl records to |
+bit sequences, and converts them back to PNaCl records. Note that this is |
+different than the PNaCl version of the bitcode file (encoded in the header |
+record of the bitcode file). The PNaCl version defines the valid forms of PNaCl |
+records. The version record is specific to the PNaCl version, and may have |
+different values for different PNaCl versions.</p> |
+<p>Note that currently, only PNaCl bitcode version 2, and version record value 1 is |
+defined.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+version N; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <1, N> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The version record defines which PNaCl reader/writer rules should be |
+followed. <em>N</em> is the version number. Currently <em>N</em> must be 1. Future versions of |
+PNaCl may define additional legal values.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+</pre> |
+<p><em>Examples</em></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+16:0|1: <65535, 8, 2> |module { // BlockID = 8 |
+24:0| 3: <1, 1> | version 1; |
+26:4| 1: <65535, 0, 2> | abbreviations { // BlockID = 0 |
+36:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="function-address"> |
+<span id="link-for-function-address-section"></span><h3 id="function-address"><span id="link-for-function-address-section"></span>Function Address</h3> |
+<p>A function address record describes a function address. <em>Defined</em> function |
+addresses define implementations while <em>declared</em> function addresses do not.</p> |
+<p>Since a PNaCl program is assumed to be a complete (statically linked) |
+executable, All functions should be <em>defined</em> and <em>internal</em>. The exception to |
+this are <em>intrinsic</em> functions, which should only be <em>declared</em> and <em>external</em>, |
+since intrinsic functions will automatically converted to appropriate code by |
+the PNaCl translator.</p> |
+<p>The implementation of a <em>defined</em> function address is provided by a |
+corresponding function block, appearing later in the module block. The |
+association of a <em>defined</em> function address with the corresponding function |
+block is based on position. The <em>Nth</em> defined function address record, in the |
+module block, has its implementation in the <em>Nth</em> function block of that module |
+block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+PN LN T0 @fN ( T1 , ... , TM ); <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <8, T, C, P, L> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>Decribes the function address <em>@fN</em>. <em>PN</em> is the name that specifies the |
+prototype value <em>P</em> associated with the function. A function address is |
+<em>defined</em> only if <em>P==0</em>. Otherwise, it is only <em>declared</em>. The type of the |
+function is function type <em>@tT</em>. <em>L</em> is the linkage specification corresponding |
+to name <em>LN</em>. <em>C</em> is the calling convention used by the function.</p> |
+<p>Note that function signature must be defined by a function type in the types |
+block. Hence, the return value must either be a primitive type, type <em>void</em>, or |
+a vector type.</p> |
+<p>For ordinary functions, integral parameter and types can only be i32 and i64. |
+All other integer types are not allowed.</p> |
+<p>Valid prototype names <em>PN</em>, and corresponding <em>P</em> values, are:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">P</th> |
+<th class="head">PN</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>1</td> |
+<td>declare</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>0</td> |
+<td>define</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p>Valid linkage names <em>LN</em>, and corresponding <em>L</em> values, are:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">L</th> |
+<th class="head">LN</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>3</td> |
+<td>internal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>0</td> |
+<td>external</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p>Currently, only one calling convention <em>C</em> is supported:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">C</th> |
+<th class="head">Calling Convention</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>0</td> |
+<td>C calling convention</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraint</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA = AbbrevIndex(A) |
+T = TypeID(TypeOf(T0 ( T1 , ... , TN ))) |
+N = NumFuncAddresses |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumFuncAddresses; |
+TypeOf(@fN) = TypeOf(TypeID(i32)); |
+TypeOfFcn(@fN) = TypeOf(@tT); |
+ |
+if PN == 0: |
+ DefiningFcnIDs += @FN; |
+ ++NumDefinedFunctionAddresses; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+48:0| 3: <1, 7> | count 7; |
+50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+53:6| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+55:4| 3: <4> | @t2 = double; |
+57:2| 3: <2> | @t3 = void; |
+59:0| 3: <21, 0, 2, 1> | @t4 = double (float); |
+63:0| 3: <21, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 2>| @t5 = |
+ | | i32 (i32, float, i32, double); |
+69:2| 3: <21, 0, 3> | @t6 = void (); |
+72:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+76:0| 3: <8, 4, 0, 1, 0> | declare external double @f0(float); |
+80:6| 3: <8, 5, 0, 1, 0> | declare external |
+ | | i32 @f1(i32, float, i32, double); |
+85:4| 3: <8, 6, 0, 0, 0> | define external void @f2(); |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="constants-blocks"> |
+<h2 id="constants-blocks">Constants Blocks</h2> |
+<p>Constants blocks define literal constants used within each function. It’s intent |
+it to define them once, before instructions. A constants block can only appear |
+in a function block, and must appear before any instructions in the function |
+block.</p> |
+<p>Currently, only literal integrals, floating point literals, and undefined vector |
+constants can be defined.</p> |
+<p>To minimize type information put in a constants block, the type information is |
+separated from the constants. This allows a sequence of constants to be given |
+the same type. This is done by defining a <em>set type</em> record, followed by a |
+sequence of literal constants. These literal constants all get converted to the |
+type of the preceding <em>set type</em> record.</p> |
+<p>Note that constants that are used for switch case selectors should not be added |
+to the constants block, since the switch instruction contains the constants used |
+for case selectors. All other constants in the function block must be put into a |
+constants block, so that instructions can use them.</p> |
+<p>To make this more concrete, consider the following example constants block:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+types { |
+ @t0 = i1; |
+ ... |
+} |
+... |
+constants { |
+ i1: |
+ %c0 = i1 1; |
+ %c2 = i1 2; |
+} |
+</pre> |
+<p>The corresponding records for the constants block are:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+<65535, 11, 2> |
+<1, 0> |
+<4, 0> |
+<4, 2> |
+<65534> |
+</pre> |
+<p>TODO(kschimpf) Generate pnacl-bcdis output for above.</p> |
+<section id="set-type"> |
+<h3 id="set-type">Set Type</h3> |
+<p>The <em>set type</em> record defines the type to use for the (immediately) succeeding |
+literals.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+T: <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <1, TT> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>set type</em> record deifnes type <em>T</em> to be used to type the (immediately) |
+succeeding literals. <em>T</em> must be a non-void primitive value type or a vector |
+type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TT == TypeID(T) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ConstantsSetType = T; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+106:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+116:0| 3: <1, 0> | i32: |
+118:4| 3: <4, 2> | %c0 = i32 1; |
+121:0| 3: <4, 4> | %c1 = i32 2; |
+123:4| 3: <1, 2> | i8: |
+126:0| 3: <4, 8> | %c2 = i8 4; |
+128:4| 3: <4, 6> | %c3 = i8 3; |
+131:0| 3: <1, 1> | float: |
+133:4| 3: <6, 1065353216> | %c4 = float 1; |
+139:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="undefined-literal"> |
+<h3 id="undefined-literal">Undefined Literal</h3> |
+<p>The <em>undefined</em> literal record creates an undefined literal for the type <em>T</em> |
+defined by the preceding <em>set type</em> record.</p> |
+<p>Note: See <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-insert-element-instruction-section"><em>Insert Element Instruction</em></a> for an example of |
+how you would use the undefined literal with vector types.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%cN = T undef; <50> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>undefined</em> lieral record creates an undefined literal constant <em>%cN</em> for |
+type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be the type defined by the preceding <em>set type</em> record, and |
+be a primitive value type or a vector type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+N == NumFcnConsts |
+T == ConstantsSetType |
+IsPrimitive(T) or IsVector(T) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumFcnConsts; |
+TypeOf(%cN) = T; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 5> | count 5; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+ 55:4| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 57:2| 3: <12, 4, 0> | @t3 = <4 x i32>; |
+ 60:4| 3: <21, 0, 2> | @t4 = void (); |
+ 63:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+106:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+116:0| 3: <1, 0> | i32: |
+118:4| 3: <3> | %c0 = i32 undef; |
+120:2| 3: <4, 2> | %c1 = i32 1; |
+122:6| 3: <1, 3> | <4 x i32>: |
+125:2| 3: <3> | %c2 = <4 x i32> undef; |
+127:0| 3: <1, 1> | float: |
+129:4| 3: <3> | %c3 = float undef; |
+131:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="integer-literal"> |
+<h3 id="integer-literal">Integer Literal</h3> |
+<p>The <em>integer literal</em> record creates an integer literal for the integral type <em>T</em> |
+defined by the preceding <em>set type</em> record.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%cN = T V; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <4, VV> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>integer literal</em> record creates an integer literal constant <em>%cN</em> for type |
+<em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be the type defined by the preceding <em>set type</em> record, and an |
+integral type. The literal <em>V</em> can be signed, but must be definable by type <em>T</em>.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+N == NumFcnConsts |
+T == ConsgtantsSetType |
+VV == SignRotate(V) |
+IsInteger(T) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<blockquote> |
+<div>TypeOf(%cN) = T;</div></blockquote> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 7> | count 7; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 8> | @t0 = i8; |
+ 53:0| 3: <7, 16> | @t1 = i16; |
+ 55:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t2 = i32; |
+ 58:6| 3: <7, 64> | @t3 = i64; |
+ 62:0| 3: <7, 1> | @t4 = i1; |
+ 64:4| 3: <2> | @t5 = void; |
+ 66:2| 3: <21, 0, 5> | @t6 = void (); |
+ 69:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+114:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+124:0| 3: <1, 0> | i8: |
+126:4| 3: <4, 2> | %c0 = i8 1; |
+129:0| 3: <4, 4> | %c1 = i8 2; |
+131:4| 3: <1, 1> | i16: |
+134:0| 3: <4, 6> | %c2 = i16 3; |
+136:4| 3: <4, 8> | %c3 = i16 4; |
+139:0| 3: <1, 2> | i32: |
+141:4| 3: <4, 10> | %c4 = i32 5; |
+144:0| 3: <4, 12> | %c5 = i32 6; |
+146:4| 3: <1, 3> | i64: |
+149:0| 3: <4, 3> | %c6 = i64 -1; |
+151:4| 3: <4, 5> | %c7 = i64 -2; |
+154:0| 3: <1, 4> | i1: |
+156:4| 3: <4, 3> | %c8 = i1 1; |
+159:0| 3: <4, 0> | %c9 = i1 0; |
+161:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-literal"> |
+<h3 id="floating-point-literal">Floating point literal</h3> |
+<p>The <em>floating point literal</em> record creates a floating point literal for the |
+floating type <em>T</em> defined by the preceding <em>set type</em> record.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%cN = T V; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <6, V> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>floating point literal</em> record creates a floating point literal constant |
+<em>%cN</em> for type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must the type type defined by the preceding <em>set type</em> |
+record, and be a floating point type. The literal <em>V</em> must be a valid IEE 754 |
+32-bit (unsigned integer) value if <em>T</em> is float, and a IEEE 754 64-bit (unsigned |
+integer) value if <em>T</em> is double.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+N == NumFcnConsts |
+T == ConstantsSetType |
+IsFloat(T) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TypeOf(%cN) = T; |
+</pre> |
+<p>** Examples **</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <3> | @t0 = float; |
+ 52:2| 3: <4> | @t1 = double; |
+ 54:0| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 55:6| 3: <21, 0, 2> | @t3 = void (); |
+ 59:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+102:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 0> | float: |
+114:4| 3: <6, 0> | %c0 = float 0; |
+117:0| 3: <6, 1065353216> | %c1 = float 1; |
+123:2| 3: <6, 1088421888> | %c2 = float 7; |
+130:2| 3: <6, 1090519040> | %c3 = float 8; |
+137:2| 3: <3> | %c4 = float undef; |
+139:0| 3: <6, 2143289344> | %c5 = float nan; |
+146:0| 3: <6, 2139095040> | %c6 = float inf; |
+153:0| 3: <6, 4286578688> | %c7 = float -inf; |
+160:0| 3: <1, 1> | double: |
+162:4| 3: <6, | %c8 = double 1; |
+ | 4607182418800017408> | |
+174:0| 3: <6, 0> | %c9 = double 0; |
+176:4| 3: <6, | %c10 = double 5; |
+ | 4617315517961601024> | |
+188:0| 3: <6, | %c11 = double 6; |
+ | 4618441417868443648> | |
+199:4| 3: <6, | %c12 = double nan; |
+ | 9221120237041090560> | |
+211:0| 3: <6, | %c13 = double inf; |
+ | 9218868437227405312> | |
+222:4| 3: <6, | %c14 = double -inf; |
+ | 18442240474082181120>| |
+234:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="function-blocks"> |
+<span id="link-for-function-blocks-section"></span><h2 id="function-blocks"><span id="link-for-function-blocks-section"></span>Function Blocks</h2> |
+<p>A function block defines the implementation of a <em>defined</em> function address. The |
+function address it defines is based on the position of the corresponding |
+<em>defined</em> function address. The Nth <em>defined</em> function address always |
+corresponds to the Nth function block in the module block.</p> |
+<p>A function implementation contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG |
+(control flow graph). Each basic block contains a list of instructions, and ends |
+with a <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-terminator-instruction-section"><em>terminator</em></a> (e.g. branch) |
+instruction.</p> |
+<p>Basic blocks are not represented by records. Rather, context is implicit. The |
+first basic block begins with the first instruction record in the function |
+block. Blocks boundaries are determined by <em>terminator</em> instructions. The |
+instruction that follows a terminator instruction begins a new basic block.</p> |
+<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately |
+executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have predecessor |
+basic blocks (i.e. there can’t be any branches to the entry block of a |
+function). Because the entry block has no predecessors, it also can’t have any |
+<a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-phi-instruction-section"><em>phi</em></a> instructions.</p> |
+<p>The parameters are implied by the type of the corresponding function |
+address. One parameter is defined for each argument of the function type |
+signature.</p> |
+<p>The number of basic blocks is defined by the count record. Each terminator |
+instruction ends the current basic block, and the next instruction begins a new |
+basic block. Basic blocks are numbered by the order they appear (starting with |
+index 0). Basic block IDs have the form <em>%bN</em>, where <em>N</em> corresponds to the |
+position of the basic block within the function block.</p> |
+<p>Each instruction, within a function block, corresponds to a corresponding PNaCl |
+record. The layout of a function block is the (basic block) count record, |
+followed by a sequence of instruction records.</p> |
+<p>For readability, PNaClAsm introduces basic block IDs. These basic block IDs do |
+not correspond to PNaCl records, since basic block boundaries are defined |
+implicitly, after terminator instructions. They appear only for readability.</p> |
+<p>Operands of instructions are defined using an <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-absolute-index-section"><em>absolute |
+index</em></a>. This absolute index implicitly encodes |
+function addresses, global addresses, parameters, constants, and instructions |
+that generate values. The encoding takes advantage of the implied ordering of |
+these values in the bitcode file, defining a contiguous sequence of indices for |
+each kind of identifier. That is, indices are ordered by putting function |
+address identifiers first, followed by global address identifiers, followed by |
+parameter identifiers, followed by constant identifiers, and lastly instruction |
+value identifiers.</p> |
+<p>To save space in the encoded bitcode file, most operands are encoded using a |
+relative index value, rather than absolute. This is done because most |
+instruction operands refer to values defined earlier in the (same) basic block. |
+As a result, the relative distance (back) from the next value defining |
+instruction is frequently a small number. Small numbers tend to require fewer |
+bits when they are converted to bit sequences.</p> |
+<p>The following subsections define records that can appear in a function block.</p> |
+<section id="function-enter"> |
+<h3 id="function-enter">Function enter</h3> |
+<p>PNaClAsm defines a function enter block construct. The corresponding record is |
+simply an enter block record, with BlockID value 12. All context about the |
+defining address is implicit by the position of the function block, and the |
+corresponding defining function address. To improve readability, PNaClAsm |
+includes the function signature into the syntax rule.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+function TR @fN ( T0 %p0, ... , TM %pM ) { <B> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<blockquote> |
+<div>1: <65535, 12, B></div></blockquote> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p><em>B</em> is the number of bits reserved for abbreviations in the block. If it is |
+omitted, 2 is assumed. See <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-enter-block-record-section"><em>enter</em></a> |
+block records for more details.</p> |
+<p>The value of <em>N</em> corresponds to the positional index of the corresponding |
+defining function address this block is associated with. <em>M</em> is the number of |
+defined parameters (minus one) in the function heading.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+N == NumFcnImpls |
+@fN in DefiningFcnIDs |
+TypeOfFcn(@fN) == TypeOf(TypeID(TR (T0, ... , TM))) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumFcnImpls; |
+EnclosingFcnID = @fN; |
+NumBasicBlocks = 0; |
+ExpectedBlocks = 0; |
+NumParams = M; |
+for I in [0..M]: |
+ TypeOf(%pI) = TypeOf(TypeID(TI)); |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <2> | @t1 = void; |
+ 55:4| 3: <21, 0, 1> | @t2 = void (); |
+ 58:6| 3: <21, 0, 0, 0> | @t3 = i32 (i32); |
+ 62:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+104:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+114:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+116:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+120:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f1(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+128:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+130:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %p0; |
+133:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="id3"> |
+<h3 id="id3">Count Record</h3> |
+<p>The count record, within a function block, defines the number of basic blocks |
+used to define the function implementation. It must be the first record in the |
+function block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ blocks: N; <A> |
+%b0: |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <1, N> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The count record defines the number <em>N</em> of basic blocks in the implemented |
+function.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+ExpectedBasicBlocks == N |
+NumBasicBlocks = 0 |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+104:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+114:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+116:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+120:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f1(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+128:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+130:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %p0; |
+133:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="terminator-instructions"> |
+<span id="link-for-terminator-instruction-section"></span><h3 id="terminator-instructions"><span id="link-for-terminator-instruction-section"></span>Terminator Instructions</h3> |
+<p>Terminator instructions are instructions that appear in a function block, and |
+define the end of the current basic block. A terminator instruction indicates |
+which block should be executed after the current block is finished. The function |
+block is well formed only if the number of terminator instructions, in the |
+function block, corresponds to the value defined by the corresponding count |
+block.</p> |
+<section id="return-void-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="return-void-instruction">Return Void Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The return void instruction is used to return control from a function back to |
+the caller, without returning any value.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ ret void; <A> |
+%bB: |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <10> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The return instruction returns control to the calling function.</p> |
+<p><em>B</em> is the number associated with the next basic block. Label <em>%bB:</em> only |
+appears if <em>B < ExpectedBasicBlocks</em>. That is, the label is omitted only if this |
+terminator instruction is the last instruction in the function block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+B == NumBasicBlocks + 1 |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBLocks |
+ReturnType(TypeOf(EnclosingFcnID)) == void |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumBasicBlocks; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+104:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+114:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+116:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="return-value-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="return-value-instruction">Return Value Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The return value instruction is used to return control from a function back to |
+the caller, including a value. The value must correspond to the return type of |
+the enclosing function.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ ret T V; <A> |
+%bB: |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <10, VV> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The return value instruction returns control to the calling function, returning |
+the provided value.</p> |
+<p><em>V</em> is the value to return. Type <em>T</em> must be of the type returned by the |
+function. It must also be the type associated with value <em>V</em>.</p> |
+<p><em>B</em> is the number associated with the next basic block. Label <em>%bB:</em> only |
+appears if <em>B < ExpectedBasicBlocks</em>. That is, the label is omitted only if this |
+terminator instruction is the last instruction in the function block.</p> |
+<p>The return type <em>T</em> must either be a (non-void) primitive type, or a vector |
+type. If the function block is implementing an ordinary function, and the return |
+type is an integral type, it must be either i32 or i64.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV == RelativeIndex(V) |
+B == NumBasicBlocks + 1 |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+T == TypeOf(V) == ReturnType(TypeOf(EnclosingFcnID)) |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumBasicBlocks; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+120:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f1(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+128:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+130:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %p0; |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="unconditional-branch-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="unconditional-branch-instruction">Unconditional Branch Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The unconditional branch instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer |
+to a different basic block of the function.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ br %bN; <A> |
+%bB: |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <11, N> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The unconditional branch instruction causes control flow to transfer to basic |
+block <em>N</em>.</p> |
+<p><em>B</em> is the number associated with the next basic block. Label <em>%bB:</em> only |
+appears if <em>B < ExpectedBasicBlocks</em>. That is, the label is omitted only if this |
+terminator instruction is the last instruction in the function block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+0 < N |
+N < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+B == NumBasicBlocks + 1 |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumBasicBlocks; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 88:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+ 96:0| 3: <1, 5> | blocks 5; |
+ | | %b0: |
+ 98:4| 3: <11, 3> | br label %b3; |
+ | | %b1: |
+101:0| 3: <11, 4> | br label %b4; |
+ | | %b2: |
+103:4| 3: <11, 1> | br label %b1; |
+ | | %b3: |
+106:0| 3: <11, 2> | br label %b2; |
+ | | %b4: |
+108:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+110:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="conditional-branch-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="conditional-branch-instruction">Conditional Branch Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The conditional branch instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to |
+a different basic block of the function, based on a boolean test condition.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ br i1 C, %bT, %bBF; <A> |
+%bB: |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <11, T, F, CC> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>Upon execution of a conditional branch instruction, the <em>i1</em> (boolean) argument |
+<em>C</em> is evaluated. If the value is <em>true</em>, control flows to basic block |
+<em>%bT</em>. Otherwise control flows to basic block <em>%bF</em>.</p> |
+<p><em>B</em> is the number associated with the next basic block. Label <em>%bB:</em> only |
+appears if <em>B < ExpectedBasicBlocks</em>. That is, the label is omitted only if this |
+terminator instruction is the last instruction in the function block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+CC == RelativeIndex(C) |
+0 < T |
+B1 < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+0 < F |
+B2 < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+B == NumBasicBlocks + 1 |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+TypeOf(C) == i1 |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumBasicBlocks; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 5> | blocks 5; |
+102:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 1> | i1: |
+114:4| 3: <4, 3> | %c0 = i1 1; |
+117:0| 3: <4, 0> | %c1 = i1 0; |
+119:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+120:0| 3: <11, 3> | br label %b3; |
+ | | %b1: |
+122:4| 3: <11, 2, 4, 2> | br i1 %c0, label %b2, label %b4; |
+ | | %b2: |
+126:4| 3: <11, 3> | br label %b3; |
+ | | %b3: |
+129:0| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+ | | %b4: |
+130:6| 3: <11, 2, 3, 1> | br i1 %c1, label %b2, label %b3; |
+134:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="unreachable"> |
+<h4 id="unreachable">Unreachable</h4> |
+<p>The unreachable instruction has no defined semantics. The instruction is used to |
+inform the <em>PNaCl translator</em> that control can’t reach this instruction.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ unreachable; <A> |
+%bB: |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <15> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>Directive to the <em>PNaCl translator</em> that this instruction is unreachable. <em>B</em> |
+is the number associated with the next basic block. Label <em>%bB:</em> only appears if |
+<em>B < ExpectedBasicBlocks</em>. That is, the label is omitted only if this terminator |
+instruction is the last instruction in the function block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+B == NumBasicBlocks + 1 |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumBasicBlocks; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+108:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+116:0| 3: <1, 5> | blocks 5; |
+118:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+128:0| 3: <1, 2> | i1: |
+130:4| 3: <4, 3> | %c0 = i1 1; |
+133:0| 3: <4, 0> | %c1 = i1 0; |
+135:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+136:0| 3: <11, 1, 2, 2> | br i1 %c0, label %b1, label %b2; |
+ | | %b1: |
+140:0| 3: <11, 3, 4, 1> | br i1 %c1, label %b3, label %b4; |
+ | | %b2: |
+144:0| 3: <15> | unreachable; |
+ | | %b3: |
+145:6| 3: <15> | unreachable; |
+ | | %b4: |
+147:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+149:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="switch-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="switch-instruction">Switch Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The <em>switch</em> instruction transfers control flow to one of several different |
+places, based on a selector value. It is a generaliation of the conditional |
+branch instruction.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ switch T V0 { |
+ default: br label %bB0; |
+ T V1: br label %bB1; |
+ ... |
+ T VN: br label %bBN; |
+ } <A> |
+%bB: |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <12, TT, B0, N, (1, 1, VVI, BI | 1 <= i <= N)> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Sematics</strong></p> |
+<p>The switch instruction transfer control to a basic block in B0 through BN. |
+Value <em>V</em> is used to conditionally select which block to branch to. <em>T</em> is the |
+type of <em>V</em> and <em>V1</em> through <em>VN</em>, and must be an integral type. Value <em>V1</em> |
+through <em>VN</em> are integers to compare against <em>V</em>. If selector <em>V</em> matches <em>VI</em> |
+(for some I, 1 <= I <= N), then the instruction branches to block <em>BI</em>. If <em>V</em> |
+is not in <em>V1</em> through <em>VN</em>, the instruction branches to block <em>B0</em>.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TT == TypeID(T) |
+VI == SignRotate(VI) for all I, 1 <= I <= N |
+B == NumBasicBlocks + 1 |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+116:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+124:0| 3: <1, 6> | blocks 6; |
+ | | %b0: |
+126:4| 3: <12, 1, 1, 2, 4, 1, 1,| switch i32 %p0 { |
+ | 2, 3, 1, 1, 4, 3, 1, | default: br label %b2; |
+ | 1, 8, 4, 1, 1, 10, 4>| i32 1: br label %b3; |
+ | | i32 2: br label %b3; |
+ | | i32 4: br label %b4; |
+ | | i32 5: br label %b4; |
+ | | } |
+ | | %b1: |
+143:2| 3: <11, 5> | br label %b5; |
+ | | %b2: |
+145:6| 3: <11, 5> | br label %b5; |
+ | | %b3: |
+148:2| 3: <11, 5> | br label %b5; |
+ | | %b4: |
+150:6| 3: <11, 5> | br label %b5; |
+ | | %b5: |
+153:2| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+155:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+156:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f1(i64 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+164:0| 3: <1, 6> | blocks 6; |
+ | | %b0: |
+166:4| 3: <12, 2, 1, 2, 4, 1, 1,| switch i64 %p0 { |
+ | 2, 3, 1, 1, 4, 3, 1, | default: br label %b2; |
+ | 1, 8, 4, 1, 1, | i64 1: br label %b3; |
+ | 39777555332, 4> | i64 2: br label %b3; |
+ | | i64 4: br label %b4; |
+ | | i64 19888777666: br label %b4; |
+ | | } |
+ | | %b1: |
+188:4| 3: <11, 5> | br label %b5; |
+ | | %b2: |
+191:0| 3: <11, 5> | br label %b5; |
+ | | %b3: |
+193:4| 3: <11, 5> | br label %b5; |
+ | | %b4: |
+196:0| 3: <11, 5> | br label %b5; |
+ | | %b5: |
+198:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+200:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="integer-binary-instructions"> |
+<h3 id="integer-binary-instructions">Integer Binary Instructions</h3> |
+<p>Binary instructions are used to do most of the computation in a program. This |
+section focuses on binary instructions that operator on integral values, or |
+vectors of integral values.</p> |
+<p>All binary operations require two operands of the same type, execute an |
+operation on them, and produce a value. The value may represent multiple values |
+if the type is a vector type. The result value always has the same type as its |
+operands.</p> |
+<p>Some integer binary operations can be applied to both signed and unsigned |
+integers. Others, the sign is significant. In general, if the sign plays a role |
+in the instruction, the sign information is encoded into the name of the |
+instruction.</p> |
+<p>For most binary operations (except some of the logical operations), integral |
+type i1 is disallowed.</p> |
+<section id="integer-add"> |
+<h4 id="integer-add">Integer Add</h4> |
+<p>The integer add instruction returns the sum of its two arguments. Both arguments |
+and the result must be of the same type. That type must be integral, or an |
+integral vector type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = add T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 0> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The integer add instruction returns the sum of its two arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> |
+and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em>, must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be an integral |
+type, or an integral vector type. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, |
+defining the corresponding value generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p>The result returned is the mathematical result modulo <em>exp(2,n)</em>, where <em>n</em> is |
+the bitwidth of the integer result.</p> |
+<p>Because integers are assumed to use a two’s complement representation, |
+this instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p> |
+<p>In the add instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on integral type i1) is |
+disallowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 0> | %v0 = add i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 3, 1, 0> | %v1 = add i32 %p0, %v0; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="integer-subtract"> |
+<h4 id="integer-subtract">Integer Subtract</h4> |
+<p>The integer subtract instruction returns the difference of its two arguments. |
+Both arguments and the result must be of the same type. That type must be |
+integral, or an integral vector type.</p> |
+<p>Note: Since there isn’t a negate instruction, subtraction from constant zero |
+should be used to negate values.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = sub T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 1> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The integer subtract returns the difference of its two arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> |
+and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be an integral |
+type, or an integral vector type. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, |
+defining the corresponding value generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p>The result returned is the mathematical result modulo <em>exp(2, n)</em>, where <em>n</em> is |
+the integer bitwidth of the result.</p> |
+<p>Because integers are assumed to use a two’s complement representation, |
+this instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p> |
+<p>In the subtract instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on integral type i1) |
+is disallowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 1> | %v0 = sub i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 3, 1, 1> | %v1 = sub i32 %p0, %v0; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="integer-multiply"> |
+<h4 id="integer-multiply">Integer Multiply</h4> |
+<p>The integer multiply instruction returns the product of its two arguments. Both |
+arguments and the result must be of the same type. That type must be integral, |
+or an integral based vector type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+&vN = mul T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 2> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The integer multiply instruction returns the product of its two |
+arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em>, must be of type <em>T</em>. |
+<em>T</em> must be an integral type, or an integral vector type. <em>N</em> is defined by the |
+record position, defining the corresponding value generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p>The result returned is the mathematical result modulo <em>exp(2, n)</em>, where <em>n</em> is |
+the bitwidth of the result.</p> |
+<p>Because integers are assumed to use a two’s complement representation, |
+this instruction is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p> |
+<p>In the subtract instruction, integral type i1 (or a vector on integrap type i1) |
+is disallowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 2> | %v0 = mul i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 3, 2> | %v1 = mul i32 %v0, %p0; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="signed-integer-divide"> |
+<h4 id="signed-integer-divide">Signed Integer Divide</h4> |
+<p>The signed integer divide instruction returns the quotient of its two arguments. |
+Both arguments and the result must be of the same type. That type must be |
+integral, or an integral vector type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = sdiv T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 4> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The signed integer divide instruction returns the quotient of its two |
+arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em>, must be of type |
+<em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be a integral type, or an integral vector type. <em>N</em> is defined by |
+the record position, defining the corresponding value generated by the |
+instruction.</p> |
+<p>Signed values are assumed. Note that signed and unsigned integer division are |
+distinct operations. For unsigned integer division use the unsigned integer |
+divide instruction (udiv).</p> |
+<p>In the signed integer divide instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on |
+integral type i1) is disallowed. Integer division by zero is guaranteed to trap.</p> |
+<p>Note that overflow can happen with this instruction when dividing the maximum |
+negative integer by -1. The behaviour for this case is undefined.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 4> | %v0 = sdiv i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 4> | %v1 = sdiv i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="unsigned-integer-divide"> |
+<h4 id="unsigned-integer-divide">Unsigned Integer Divide</h4> |
+<p>The unsigned integer divide instruction returns the quotient of its two |
+arguments. Both the arguments and the result must be of the same type. That type |
+must be integral, or an integral vector type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = udiv T V1, V2; <a> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, A1, A2, 3> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The unsigned integer divide instruction returns the quotient of its two |
+arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em>, must be of type |
+<em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be an integral type, or an integral vector type. <em>N</em> is defined |
+by the record position, defining the corresponding value generated by the |
+instruction.</p> |
+<p>Unsigned integral values are assumed. Note that signed and unsigned integer |
+division are distinct operations. For signed integer division use the signed |
+integer divide instruction (sdiv).</p> |
+<p>In the unsigned integer divide instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on |
+integral type i1) is disallowed. Division by zero is guaranteed to trap.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 3> | %v0 = udiv i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 3> | %v1 = udiv i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="signed-integer-remainder"> |
+<h4 id="signed-integer-remainder">Signed Integer Remainder</h4> |
+<p>The signed integer remainder instruction returns the remainder of the quotient |
+of its two arguments. Both arguments and the result must be of the same |
+type. That type must be integral, or an integral based vector type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = srem T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 6> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The signed integer remainder instruction returns the remainder of the quotient |
+of its two arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em>, must be of |
+type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be a integral type, or an integral vector type. <em>N</em> is |
+defined by the record position, defining the corresponding value generated by |
+the instruction.</p> |
+<p>Signed values are assumed. Note that signed and unsigned integer division are |
+distinct operations. For unsigned integer division use the unsigned integer |
+remainder instruction (urem).</p> |
+<p>In the signed integer remainder instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on |
+integral type i1) is disallowed. Division by zero is guaranteed to trap.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 6> | %v0 = srem i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 6> | %v1 = srem i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="unsigned-integer-remainder-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="unsigned-integer-remainder-instruction">Unsigned Integer Remainder Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The unsigned integer remainder instruction returns the remainder of the quotient |
+of its two arguments. Both the arguments and the result must be of the same |
+type. The type must be integral, or an integral vector type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = urem T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, A1, A2, 5> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The unsigned integer remainder instruction returns the remainder of the quotient |
+of its two arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em>, must be of |
+type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be an integral type, or an integral vector type. <em>N</em> is |
+defined by the record position, defining the corresponding value generated by |
+the instruction.</p> |
+<p>Unsigned values are assumed. Note that signed and unsigned integer division are |
+distinct operations. For signed integer division use the remainder instruction |
+(srem).</p> |
+<p>In the unsigned integer remainder instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on |
+integral type i1) is disallowed. Division by zero is guaranteed to trap.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 5> | %v0 = urem i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 5> | %v1 = urem i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="shift-left"> |
+<h4 id="shift-left">Shift Left</h4> |
+<p>The (integer) shift left instruction returns the first operand, shifted to the |
+left a specified number of bits with zero fill. The shifted value must be |
+integral, or an integral vector type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = shl T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 7> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>This instruction performs a shift left operation. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em> and |
+the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> nust be an integral, or a vector of |
+integrals. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, defining the corresponding |
+value generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p><em>V2</em> is assumed to be unsigned. The least significant bits of the |
+result will be filled with zero bits after the shift. If <em>V2</em> is |
+(statically or dynamically) is negative or equal to or larger than the |
+number of bits in <em>V1</em>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are |
+vectors, each vector element of <em>V1</em> is shifted by the corresponding |
+shift amount in <em>V2</em>.</p> |
+<p>In the shift left instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on integral type |
+i1) is disallowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 7> | %v0 = shl i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 7> | %v1 = shl i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="logical-shift-right"> |
+<h4 id="logical-shift-right">Logical Shift Right</h4> |
+<p>The logical shift right instruction returns the first operand, shifted to the |
+right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = lshr T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 8> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>This instruction performs a logical shift right operation. Arguments <em>V1</em> and |
+<em>V2</em> and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> nust be an integral, or a |
+vector of integrals. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, defining the |
+corresponding value generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p><em>V2</em> is assumed to be unsigned. The most significant bits of the result will be |
+filled with zero bits after the shift. If <em>V2</em> is (statically or dynamically) |
+negative or equal to or larger than the number of bits in <em>V1</em>, the result is |
+undefined. If the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <em>V1</em> is shifted |
+by the corresponding shift amount in <em>V2</em>.</p> |
+<p>In the logical shift right instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on |
+integral type i1) is disallowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 8> | %v0 = lshr i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 8> | %v1 = lshr i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="arithmetic-shift-right"> |
+<h4 id="arithmetic-shift-right">Arithmetic Shift Right</h4> |
+<p>The arithmetic shift right instruction returns the first operand, shifted to the |
+right a specified number of bits with sign extension.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = ashr T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VVA2, 9> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>This instruction performs an arithmetic shift right operation. Arguments <em>V1</em> |
+and <em>V2</em> and and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> nust be an integral, |
+or a vector of integrals. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, defining the |
+corresponding value generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p><em>V2</em> is assumed to be unsigned. The most significant bits of the result will be |
+filled with the sign bit of <em>V1</em>. If <em>V2</em> is (statically or dynamically) |
+negative or equal to or larger than the number of bits in <em>V1</em>, the result is |
+undefined. If the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <em>V1</em> is shifted |
+by the corresponding shift amount in <em>V2</em>.</p> |
+<p>In the arithmetic shift right instruction, integral type i1 (and a vector on |
+integrl type i1) is disallowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingType(T) != i1 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 9> | %v0 = ashr i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 9> | %v1 = ashr i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="logical-and"> |
+<h4 id="logical-and">Logical And</h4> |
+<p>The <em>and</em> instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two operands.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = and T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 10> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>This instruction performs a bitwise logical and of its arguments. Arguments |
+<em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> nust be an |
+integral, or a vector of integrals. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, |
+defining the corresponding value generated by the instruction. <em>A</em> is the |
+(optional) abbreviation associated with the corresponding record.</p> |
+<p>The truth table used for the <em>and</em> instruction is:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">Arg 1</th> |
+<th class="head">Arg 2</th> |
+<th class="head">Result</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>0</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>0</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>1</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T))) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 10> | %v0 = and i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 10> | %v1 = and i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="logical-or"> |
+<h4 id="logical-or">Logical Or</h4> |
+<p>The <em>or</em> instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its |
+two operands.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = or T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 11> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>This instruction performs a bitwise logical inclusive or of its arguments. |
+Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> nust be |
+an integral, or a vector of integrals. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, |
+defining the corresponding value generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p>The truth table used for the <em>or</em> instruction is:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">Arg 1</th> |
+<th class="head">Arg 2</th> |
+<th class="head">Result</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>0</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>0</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>1</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T))) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 11> | %v0 = or i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 11> | %v1 = or i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="logical-xor"> |
+<h4 id="logical-xor">Logical Xor</h4> |
+<p>The <em>xor</em> instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of its |
+two operands.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = xor T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 12> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>This instruction performs a bitwise logical exclusive or of its |
+arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of |
+type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> nust be an integral, or a vector of integrals. <em>N</em> is |
+defined by the record position, defining the corresponding value |
+generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p>The truth table used for the <em>or</em> instruction is:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">Arg 1</th> |
+<th class="head">Arg 2</th> |
+<th class="head">Result</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>0</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>0</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>1</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+A1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+A2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T))) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 12> | %v0 = xor i32 %p0, %p1; |
+110:4| 3: <2, 1, 2, 12> | %v1 = xor i32 %v0, %p1; |
+114:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="floating-point-binary-instructions"> |
+<h3 id="floating-point-binary-instructions">Floating Point Binary Instructions</h3> |
+<p>Floating point binary instructions require two operands of the same type, |
+execute an operation on them, and produce a value. The value may represent |
+multiple values if the type is a vector type. The result value always has the |
+same type as its operands.</p> |
+<section id="floating-point-add"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-add">Floating Point Add</h4> |
+<p>The floating point add instruction returns the sum of its two arguments. Both |
+arguments and the result must be of the same type. That type must be a floating |
+point type, or a vector of a floating point type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = fadd T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 0> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating point add instruction returns the sum of its two arguments. |
+Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em> and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be a |
+floating point type, or a vector of a floating point type. <em>N</em> is defined by the |
+record position, defining the corresponding value generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | float @f0(float %p0, float %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+102:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 0> | %v0 = fadd float %p0, %p1; |
+106:4| 3: <2, 3, 1, 0> | %v1 = fadd float %p0, %v0; |
+110:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret float %v1; |
+113:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-subtract"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-subtract">Floating Point Subtract</h4> |
+<p>The floating point subtract instruction returns the difference of its two |
+arguments. Both arguments and the result must be of the same type. That type |
+must be a floating point type, or a vector of a floating point type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = fsub T V1, V2; <a> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 1> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating point subtract instruction returns the difference of its two |
+arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type |
+<em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be a floating point type, or a vector of a floating point |
+type. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, defining the corresponding value |
+generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | float @f0(float %p0, float %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+102:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 1> | %v0 = fsub float %p0, %p1; |
+106:4| 3: <2, 3, 1, 1> | %v1 = fsub float %p0, %v0; |
+110:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret float %v1; |
+113:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-multiply"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-multiply">Floating Point Multiply</h4> |
+<p>The floating point multiply instruction returns the product of its two |
+arguments. Both arguments and the result must be of the same type. That type |
+must be a floating point type, or a vector of a floating point type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+&vN = fmul T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 2> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating point multiply instruction returns the product of its two |
+arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. |
+<em>T</em> must be a floating point type, or a vector of a floating point type. <em>N</em> is |
+defined by the record position, defining the corresponding value generated by |
+the instruction.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | float @f0(float %p0, float %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+102:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 2> | %v0 = fmul float %p0, %p1; |
+106:4| 3: <2, 3, 1, 2> | %v1 = fmul float %p0, %v0; |
+110:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret float %v1; |
+113:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-divide"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-divide">Floating Point Divide</h4> |
+<p>The floating point divide instruction returns the quotient of its two |
+arguments. Both arguments and the result must be of the same type. That type |
+must be a floating point type, or a vector of a floating point type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = fdiv T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, V1, V2, 4> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The float divide instruction returns the quotient of its two |
+arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of type |
+<em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be a floating type, or a vector of a floating point type. <em>N</em> is |
+defined by the record position, defining the corresponding value generated by |
+the instruction.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV22 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | double |
+ | | @f0(double %p0, double %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+102:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 4> | %v0 = fdiv double %p0, %p1; |
+106:4| 3: <2, 3, 1, 4> | %v1 = fdiv double %p0, %v0; |
+110:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret double %v1; |
+113:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-remainder"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-remainder">Floating Point Remainder</h4> |
+<p>The floatint point remainder instruction returns the remainder of the quotient |
+of its two arguments. Both arguments and the result must be of the same |
+type. That type must be a floating point type, or a vector of a floating point |
+type.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = frem T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <2, VV1, VV2, 6> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating point remainder instruction returns the remainder of the quotient |
+of its two arguments. Arguments <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, and the result <em>%vN</em> must be of |
+type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be a floating point type, or a vector of a floating point |
+type. <em>N</em> is defined by the record position, defining the corresponding value |
+generated by the instruction.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | double |
+ | | @f0(double %p0, double %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+102:4| 3: <2, 2, 1, 6> | %v0 = frem double %p0, %p1; |
+106:4| 3: <2, 3, 1, 6> | %v1 = frem double %p0, %v0; |
+110:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret double %v1; |
+113:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="memory-creation-and-access-instructions"> |
+<h3 id="memory-creation-and-access-instructions">Memory Creation And Access Instructions</h3> |
+<p>A key design point of SSA-based representation is how it represents |
+memory. In PNaCl bitcode files, no memory locations are in SSA |
+form. This makes things very simple.</p> |
+<section id="alloca-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="alloca-instruction">Alloca Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The <em>alloca</em> instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the |
+currently executing function. This memory is automatically released |
+when the function returns to its caller.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = alloca i8, i32 S, align V; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <19, SS, VV> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>alloca</em> instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the currently |
+executing function. The resulting value is a pointer to the allocated memory |
+(i.e. of type i32). <em>S</em> is the number of bytes that are allocated on the |
+stack. <em>S</em> must be of integral type i32. <em>V</em> is the alignment of the generated |
+stack address.</p> |
+<p>Alignment must be a power of 2. See <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-memory-blocks-and-alignment-section"><em>memory blocks and |
+alignment</em></a> for a more detailed |
+discussion on how to define alignment.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+VV == Log2(V+1) |
+SS == RelativeIndex(S) |
+i32 == TypeOf(S) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = i32; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+112:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f1() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+120:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+122:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+132:0| 3: <1, 0> | i32: |
+134:4| 3: <4, 4> | %c0 = i32 2; |
+137:0| 3: <4, 8> | %c1 = i32 4; |
+139:4| 3: <4, 16> | %c2 = i32 8; |
+142:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+144:0| 3: <19, 3, 1> | %v0 = alloca i8, i32 %c0, align 1; |
+147:2| 3: <19, 3, 3> | %v1 = alloca i8, i32 %c1, align 4; |
+150:4| 3: <19, 3, 4> | %v2 = alloca i8, i32 %c2, align 8; |
+153:6| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+155:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="load-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="load-instruction">Load Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The <em>load</em> instruction is used to read from memory.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = load T* P, align V; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <20, PP, VV, TT> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The load instruction is used to read from memory. <em>P</em> is the identifier of the |
+memory address to read. The type of <em>P</em> must be an i32 integer. <em>T</em> is the type |
+of value to read. <em>V</em> is the alignment of the memory address. <em>A</em> is the |
+(optional) abbreviation associated with the record.</p> |
+<p>Type <em>T</em> must be a vector, integral, or floating point type. Both float and |
+double types are allowed for floating point types. All integral types except i1 |
+are allowed.</p> |
+<p>Alignment must be a power of 2. See <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-memory-blocks-and-alignment-section"><em>memory blocks and |
+alignment</em></a> for a more detailed |
+discussion on how to define alignment.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<blockquote> |
+<div>AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+i32 == TypeOf(P) |
+PP == RelativeIndex(P) |
+VV == Log2(V+1) |
+%tTT == TypeID(T) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks</div></blockquote> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <2> | @t1 = void; |
+ 55:4| 3: <4> | @t2 = double; |
+ 57:2| 3: <21, 0, 1, 0> | @t3 = void (i32); |
+ 61:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <20, 1, 1, 0> | %v0 = load i32* %p0, align 1; |
+110:4| 3: <20, 1, 4, 2> | %v1 = load double* %v0, align 8; |
+114:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+116:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="store-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="store-instruction">Store Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The <em>store</em> instruction is used to write to memory.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+store T S, T* P, align V; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <24, PP, SS, VV> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The store instruction is used to write to memory. <em>P</em> is the identifier of the |
+memory address to write to. The type of <em>P</em> must be an i32 integer. <em>T</em> is the |
+type of value to store. <em>S</em> is the value to store, and must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>V</em> |
+is the alignment of the memory address. <em>A</em> is the (optional) abbreviation |
+index associated with the record.</p> |
+<p>Type <em>T</em> must be an integral or floating point type. Both float and double types |
+are allowed for floating point types. All integral types except i1 are allowed.</p> |
+<p>Alignment must be a power of 2. See <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-memory-blocks-and-alignment-section"><em>memory blocks and |
+alignment</em></a> for a more detailed |
+discussion on how to define alignment.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+i32 == TypeOf(P) |
+PP == RelativeIndex(P) |
+VV == Log2(V+1) |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<p>The following instructions store an i32 integer and a 32-bit floating |
+value.</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <2> | @t1 = void; |
+ 55:4| 3: <4> | @t2 = double; |
+ 57:2| 3: <21, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 2>| @t3 = void (i32, i32, i32, double); |
+ 63:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | void |
+ | | @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1, i32 %p2, |
+ | | double %p3) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+106:4| 3: <24, 4, 3, 1> | store i32 %p1, i32* %p0, align 1; |
+110:4| 3: <24, 2, 1, 4> | store double %p3, double* %p2, |
+ | | align 8; |
+114:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+116:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="conversion-instructions"> |
+<h3 id="conversion-instructions">Conversion Instructions</h3> |
+<p>Conversion instructions all take a single operand and a type. The value is |
+converted to the corresponding type.</p> |
+<section id="integer-truncating-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="integer-truncating-instruction">Integer Truncating Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The integer truncating instruction takes a value to truncate, and a type |
+defining the truncated type. Both types must be integer types, or integral |
+vectors with the same number of elements. The bit size of the value must be |
+larger than the bit size of the destination type. Equal sized types are not |
+allowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = trunc T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 0> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The integer truncating instruction takes a value <em>V</em>, and truncates to type |
+<em>T2</em>. Both <em>T1</em> and <em>T2</em> must be integer types, or integral vectors with the |
+same number of elements. <em>T1</em> has to be wider than <em>T2</em>. If the value doesn’t |
+fit in in <em>T2</em>, then the higer order bits are dropped.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+*VV* == RelativeIndex(*V*) |
+%tTT2 == TypeID(T2) |
+BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T1)) > BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) == UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 5> | count 5; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <2> | @t1 = void; |
+ 55:4| 3: <7, 16> | @t2 = i16; |
+ 58:0| 3: <21, 0, 1, 0> | @t3 = void (i32); |
+ 62:0| 3: <7, 8> | @t4 = i8; |
+ 64:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+100:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+108:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+110:4| 3: <3, 1, 2, 0> | %v0 = trunc i32 %p0 to i16; |
+114:4| 3: <3, 1, 4, 0> | %v1 = trunc i16 %v0 to i8; |
+118:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+120:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-truncating-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-truncating-instruction">Floating Point Truncating Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The floating point truncating instruction takes a value to truncate, and a type |
+defining the truncated type. Both types must be floating point types, or |
+floating point vectors with the same number of elements. The bit size of the |
+source type must be larger than the bit size of the destination type. Equal |
+sized types are not allowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = fptrunc T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 7> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating truncating instruction takes a value <em>V</em>, and truncates to type |
+<em>T2</em>. Both <em>T1</em> and <em>T2</em> must be floating point types, or floating point vectors |
+with the same number of elements. <em>T1</em> has to be wider than <em>T2</em>. If the value |
+can’t fit within the destination type <em>T2</em>, the results are undefined.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+double == UnderlyingType(T1) |
+float == UnderlyingType(T2) |
+*VV* == RelativeIndex(*V*) |
+%tTT2 == TypeID(T2) |
+BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T1)) > BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) == UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <3> | @t0 = float; |
+ 52:2| 3: <4> | @t1 = double; |
+ 54:0| 3: <21, 0, 0, 1> | @t2 = float (double); |
+ 58:0| 3: <2> | @t3 = void; |
+ 59:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+... |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function float @f0(double %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+102:4| 3: <3, 1, 0, 7> | %v0 = fptrunc double %p0 to float; |
+106:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret float %v0; |
+109:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="zero-extending-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="zero-extending-instruction">Zero Extending Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The zero extending instruction takes a value to extend, and a type to extend it |
+to. Both types must be integer types, or integral vectors with the same number |
+of elements. The bit size of the source type must be smaller than the bit size |
+of the destination type. Equal sized types are not allowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = zext T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 1> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The zero extending instruction takes a value <em>V</em>, and expands it to type |
+<em>T2</em>. Both <em>T1</em> and <em>T2</em> must be integral types, or integral vectors with the |
+same number of elements. <em>T2</em> must be wider than <em>T1</em>.</p> |
+<p>The instruction fills the high order bits of the value with zero bits until it |
+reaches the size of the destination type. When zero extending from i1, the |
+result will always be either 0 or 1.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+*VV* == RelativeIndex(*V*) |
+%tTT2 == TypeID(T2) |
+BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T1)) < BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) == UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 5> | count 5; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 64> | @t0 = i64; |
+ 53:6| 3: <7, 32> | @t1 = i32; |
+ 57:0| 3: <21, 0, 0> | @t2 = i64 (); |
+ 60:2| 3: <7, 8> | @t3 = i8; |
+ 62:6| 3: <2> | @t4 = void; |
+ 64:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+100:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i64 @f0() { // BlockID = 12 |
+108:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+110:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+120:0| 3: <1, 3> | i8: |
+122:4| 3: <4, 2> | %c0 = i8 1; |
+125:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+128:0| 3: <3, 1, 1, 1> | %v0 = zext i8 %c0 to i32; |
+132:0| 3: <3, 1, 0, 1> | %v1 = zext i32 %v0 to i64; |
+136:0| 3: <10, 1> | ret i64 %v1; |
+138:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="sign-extending-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="sign-extending-instruction">Sign Extending Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The sign extending instruction takes a value to cast, and a type to extend it |
+to. Both types must be integral types, or integarl vectors with the same number |
+of Elements. The bit size of the source type must be smaller than the bit size |
+of the destination type. Equal sized types are not allowed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = sext T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 2> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The sign extending instruction takes a value <em>V</em>, and expands it to type |
+<em>T2</em>. Both <em>T1</em> and <em>T2</em> must be integral types, or integral vectors with the |
+same number of integers. <em>T2</em> has to be wider than <em>T1</em>.</p> |
+<p>When sign extending, the instruction fills the high order bits of the value with |
+the (current) high order bit of the value. When sign extending from i1, the |
+extension always results in -1 or 0.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+*VV* == RelativeIndex(*V*) |
+%tTT2 == TypeID(T2) |
+BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T1)) < BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) == UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 5> | count 5; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 64> | @t0 = i64; |
+ 53:6| 3: <7, 32> | @t1 = i32; |
+ 57:0| 3: <21, 0, 0> | @t2 = i64 (); |
+ 60:2| 3: <7, 8> | @t3 = i8; |
+ 62:6| 3: <2> | @t4 = void; |
+ 64:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+100:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i64 @f0() { // BlockID = 12 |
+108:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+110:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+120:0| 3: <1, 3> | i8: |
+122:4| 3: <4, 3> | %c0 = i8 -1; |
+125:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+128:0| 3: <3, 1, 1, 2> | %v0 = sext i8 %c0 to i32; |
+132:0| 3: <3, 1, 0, 2> | %v1 = sext i32 %v0 to i64; |
+136:0| 3: <10, 1> | ret i64 %v1; |
+138:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-extending-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-extending-instruction">Floating point Extending Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The floating point extending instruction takes a value to extend, and a type to |
+extend it to. Both types must be floating types, or vectors of floating a |
+floating type with the same number of elements. The source value must be of |
+float type, or a vector of float type. The extended value must be a double type, |
+or a vector of double type. If the source is a vector, the destination must |
+also be vector with the same size as the source.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = fpext T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 8> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating point extending instruction converts float values to double. <em>V</em> |
+is the value to extend, and <em>T2</em> is the type to extend it to. Both <em>T1</em> and <em>T2</em> |
+must be floating point types, or floating point vector types with the same |
+number of floating values. <em>T2</em> has to be wider than <em>T1</em>.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+VV == RelativeIndex(V) |
+%tTT2 == TypeID(T2) |
+BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T1)) < BitSizeOf(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) == UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <4> | @t0 = double; |
+ 52:2| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+ 54:0| 3: <21, 0, 0, 1> | @t2 = double (float); |
+ 58:0| 3: <2> | @t3 = void; |
+ 59:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function double @f0(float %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+102:4| 3: <3, 1, 0, 8> | %v0 = fpext float %p0 to double; |
+106:4| 3: <10, 1> | ret double %v0; |
+109:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-to-unsigned-integer-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-to-unsigned-integer-instruction">Floating Point To Unsigned Integer Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The floating point to unsigned integer instruction converts floating point |
+values to an unsigned integers.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = fptoui T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 3> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating point to unsigned integer instruction coverts floating point values |
+in <em>V</em> to its unsigned integer equivalent of type <em>T2</em>. <em>T1</em> must be a floating |
+point type, or a floating point vector type. <em>T2</em> must be an integral type, or a |
+integral vector type. If either type is a vector type, they both must be and |
+have the same number of elements.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+VV == RelativeIndex(V) |
+%tTT2 == TypeID(T2) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) == UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 6> | count 6; |
+ 50:4| 3: <3> | @t0 = float; |
+ 52:2| 3: <4> | @t1 = double; |
+ 54:0| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 55:6| 3: <21, 0, 2, 0, 1> | @t3 = void (float, double); |
+ 60:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t4 = i32; |
+ 63:6| 3: <7, 16> | @t5 = i16; |
+ 66:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+100:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | void @f0(float %p0, double %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+108:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+110:4| 3: <3, 2, 4, 3> | %v0 = fptoui float %p0 to i32; |
+114:4| 3: <3, 2, 5, 3> | %v1 = fptoui double %p1 to i16; |
+118:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+120:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-to-signed-integer-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="floating-point-to-signed-integer-instruction">Floating Point To Signed Integer Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The floating point to signed integer instruction converts floating point |
+values to signed integers.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = fptosi T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 4> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating point to signed integer instruction coverts floating point values |
+in <em>V</em> to its signed integer equivalent of type <em>T2</em>. <em>T1</em> must be a floating |
+point type, or a floating point vector type. <em>T2</em> must be an integral type, or a |
+integral vector type. If either type is a vector type, they both must be and |
+have the same number of elements.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+VV == RelativeIndex(V) |
+%tTT2 = TypeID(T2) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) = UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N = NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<blockquote> |
+<div>++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2;</div></blockquote> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 6> | count 6; |
+ 50:4| 3: <3> | @t0 = float; |
+ 52:2| 3: <4> | @t1 = double; |
+ 54:0| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 55:6| 3: <21, 0, 2, 0, 1> | @t3 = void (float, double); |
+ 60:4| 3: <7, 8> | @t4 = i8; |
+ 63:0| 3: <7, 16> | @t5 = i16; |
+ 65:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+100:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | void @f0(float %p0, double %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+108:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+110:4| 3: <3, 2, 4, 4> | %v0 = fptosi float %p0 to i8; |
+114:4| 3: <3, 2, 5, 4> | %v1 = fptosi double %p1 to i16; |
+118:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+120:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="unsigned-integer-to-floating-point-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="unsigned-integer-to-floating-point-instruction">Unsigned Integer To Floating Point Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The unsigned integer to floating point instruction converts unsigned integers to |
+floating point values.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = uitofp T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 5> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The unsigned integer to floating point instruction converts unsigned integers to |
+its floating point equivalent of type <em>T2</em>. <em>T1</em> must be an integral type, or a |
+integral vector type. <em>T2</em> must be a floating point type, or a floating point |
+vector type. If either type is a vector type, they both must be and have the |
+same number of elements.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+VV == RelativeIndex(V) |
+%tTT2 = TypeID(T2) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) == UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) == T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 7> | count 7; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <7, 64> | @t1 = i64; |
+ 57:0| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 58:6| 3: <3> | @t3 = float; |
+ 60:4| 3: <21, 0, 2, 0, 1> | @t4 = void (i32, i64); |
+ 65:2| 3: <7, 1> | @t5 = i1; |
+ 67:6| 3: <4> | @t6 = double; |
+ 69:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+... |
+104:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(i32 %p0, i64 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+114:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+124:0| 3: <1, 5> | i1: |
+126:4| 3: <4, 3> | %c0 = i1 1; |
+129:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+132:0| 3: <3, 1, 6, 5> | %v0 = uitofp i1 %c0 to double; |
+136:0| 3: <3, 4, 3, 5> | %v1 = uitofp i32 %p0 to float; |
+140:0| 3: <3, 4, 3, 5> | %v2 = uitofp i64 %p1 to float; |
+144:0| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+145:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="signed-integer-to-floating-point-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="signed-integer-to-floating-point-instruction">Signed Integer To Floating Point Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The signed integer to floating point instruction converts signed integers to |
+floating point values.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = sitofp T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 6> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The signed integer to floating point instruction converts signed integers to its |
+floating point equivalent of type <em>T2</em>. <em>T1</em> must be an integral type, or a |
+integral vector type. <em>T2</em> must be a floating point type, or a floating point |
+vector type. If either type is a vector type, they both must be and have the |
+same number of elements.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+VV == RelativeIndex(V) |
+%tTT2 = TypeID(T2) |
+UnderlyingCount(T1) == UnderlyingCount(T2) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T1)) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T2)) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 7> | count 7; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <7, 64> | @t1 = i64; |
+ 57:0| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 58:6| 3: <3> | @t3 = float; |
+ 60:4| 3: <21, 0, 2, 0, 1> | @t4 = void (i32, i64); |
+ 65:2| 3: <7, 8> | @t5 = i8; |
+ 67:6| 3: <4> | @t6 = double; |
+ 69:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+104:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(i32 %p0, i64 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+114:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+124:0| 3: <1, 5> | i8: |
+126:4| 3: <4, 3> | %c0 = i8 -1; |
+129:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+132:0| 3: <3, 1, 6, 6> | %v0 = sitofp i8 %c0 to double; |
+136:0| 3: <3, 4, 3, 6> | %v1 = sitofp i32 %p0 to float; |
+140:0| 3: <3, 4, 3, 6> | %v2 = sitofp i64 %p1 to float; |
+144:0| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+145:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="bitcast-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="bitcast-instruction">Bitcast Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The bitcast instruction converts the type of the value without changing the bit |
+contents of the value. The bitsize of the type of the value must be the same as |
+the bitsize of the type it is casted to.</p> |
+<p><strong>Sytax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = bitcast T1 V to T2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <3, VV, TT2, 11> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The bitcast instruction converts the type of value <em>V</em> to type <em>T2</em>. <em>T1</em> and |
+<em>T2</em> must be primitive types or vectors, and define the same number of bits.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TypeOf(V) == T1 |
+VV = RelativeIndex(V) |
+%tTT2 = TypeID(T2) |
+BitSizeOf(T1) == BitSizeOf(T2) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T2; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 6> | count 6; |
+ 50:4| 3: <3> | @t0 = float; |
+ 52:2| 3: <7, 64> | @t1 = i64; |
+ 55:4| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 57:2| 3: <21, 0, 2, 0, 1> | @t3 = void (float, i64); |
+ 62:0| 3: <7, 32> | @t4 = i32; |
+ 65:2| 3: <4> | @t5 = double; |
+ 67:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+100:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(float %p0, i64 %p1) |
+ | | { // BlockID = 12 |
+108:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+110:4| 3: <3, 2, 4, 11> | %v0 = bitcast float %p0 to i32; |
+114:4| 3: <3, 2, 5, 11> | %v1 = bitcast i64 %p1 to double; |
+118:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+120:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="integer-comparison-instructions"> |
+<h3 id="integer-comparison-instructions">Integer Comparison Instructions</h3> |
+<p>The integer comparison instruction compares integral values and returns a |
+boolean (i1) result for each pair of compared values.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = icmp C T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <9, VV1, VV2, CC> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The integer comparison instruction compares integral values and returns a |
+boolean (i1) result for each pair of compared values in <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>. <em>V1</em> and |
+<em>V2</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be an integral type, or an integral vector |
+type. Condition code <em>C</em> is the condition applied to all elements in <em>V1</em> and |
+<em>V2</em>. Each comparison always yields an i1. If <em>T</em> is a primitive type, the |
+resulting type is i1. If <em>T</em> is a vector, then the resulting type is a vector of |
+i1 with the same size as <em>T</em>.</p> |
+<p>Legal test conditions are:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">C</th> |
+<th class="head">CC</th> |
+<th class="head">Operator</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>eq</td> |
+<td>32</td> |
+<td>equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>ne</td> |
+<td>33</td> |
+<td>not equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>ugt</td> |
+<td>34</td> |
+<td>unsigned greater than</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>uge</td> |
+<td>35</td> |
+<td>unsigned greater than or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>ult</td> |
+<td>36</td> |
+<td>unsigned less then</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>ule</td> |
+<td>37</td> |
+<td>unsigned less than or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>sgt</td> |
+<td>38</td> |
+<td>signed greater than</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>sge</td> |
+<td>39</td> |
+<td>signed greater than or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>slt</td> |
+<td>40</td> |
+<td>signed less than</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>sle</td> |
+<td>41</td> |
+<td>signed less than or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+if IsVector(T) then |
+ TypeOf(%vN) = <UnderlyingCount(T), i1> |
+else |
+ TypeOf(%vN) = i1 |
+endif |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <7, 1> | @t1 = i1; |
+ 56:2| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 58:0| 3: <21, 0, 2> | @t3 = void (); |
+ 61:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+108:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+116:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+118:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+128:0| 3: <1, 0> | i32: |
+130:4| 3: <4, 0> | %c0 = i32 0; |
+133:0| 3: <4, 2> | %c1 = i32 1; |
+135:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+136:0| 3: <28, 2, 1, 32> | %v0 = icmp eq i32 %c0, %c1; |
+140:6| 3: <28, 3, 2, 33> | %v1 = icmp ne i32 %c0, %c1; |
+145:4| 3: <28, 4, 3, 34> | %v2 = icmp ugt i32 %c0, %c1; |
+150:2| 3: <28, 5, 4, 36> | %v3 = icmp ult i32 %c0, %c1; |
+155:0| 3: <28, 6, 5, 37> | %v4 = icmp ule i32 %c0, %c1; |
+159:6| 3: <28, 7, 6, 38> | %v5 = icmp sgt i32 %c0, %c1; |
+164:4| 3: <28, 8, 7, 38> | %v6 = icmp sgt i32 %c0, %c1; |
+169:2| 3: <28, 9, 8, 39> | %v7 = icmp sge i32 %c0, %c1; |
+174:0| 3: <28, 10, 9, 40> | %v8 = icmp slt i32 %c0, %c1; |
+178:6| 3: <28, 11, 10, 41> | %v9 = icmp sle i32 %c0, %c1; |
+183:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+185:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="floating-point-comparison-instructions"> |
+<h3 id="floating-point-comparison-instructions">Floating Point Comparison Instructions</h3> |
+<p>The floating point comparison instruction compares floating point values and |
+returns a boolean (i1) result for each pair of compared values.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = fcmp C T V1, V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <9, VV1, VV2, CC> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The floating point comparison instruciton compares floating point values and |
+returns a boolean (i1) result for each pair of compared values in <em>V1</em> and |
+<em>V2</em>. <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. <em>T</em> must be a floating point type, or a |
+floating point vector type. Condition code <em>C</em> is the condition applied to all |
+elements in <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>. Each comparison always yeilds an i1. If <em>T</em> is a |
+primitive type, the resulting type is i1. If <em>T</em> is a vector, then the resulting |
+type is a vector of i1 with the same size as <em>T</em>.</p> |
+<p>Legal test conditions are:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">C</th> |
+<th class="head">CC</th> |
+<th class="head">Operator</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>false</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+<td>Always false</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>oeq</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+<td>Ordered and equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>ogt</td> |
+<td>2</td> |
+<td>Ordered and greater than</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>oge</td> |
+<td>3</td> |
+<td>Ordered and greater than or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>olt</td> |
+<td>4</td> |
+<td>Ordered and less than</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>ole</td> |
+<td>5</td> |
+<td>Ordered and less than or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>one</td> |
+<td>6</td> |
+<td>Ordered and not equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>ord</td> |
+<td>7</td> |
+<td>Ordered (no nans)</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>uno</td> |
+<td>8</td> |
+<td>Unordered (either nans)</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>ueq</td> |
+<td>9</td> |
+<td>Unordered or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>ugt</td> |
+<td>10</td> |
+<td>Unordered or greater than</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>uge</td> |
+<td>11</td> |
+<td>Unordered or greater than or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>ult</td> |
+<td>12</td> |
+<td>Unordered or less than</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>ule</td> |
+<td>13</td> |
+<td>Unordered or less than or equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>une</td> |
+<td>14</td> |
+<td>Unordered or not equal</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>true</td> |
+<td>15</td> |
+<td>Alwyas true</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+if IsVector(T) then |
+ TypeOf(%vN) = <UnderlyingCount(T), i1> |
+else |
+ TypeOf(%vN) = i1 |
+endif |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <3> | @t0 = float; |
+ 52:2| 3: <7, 1> | @t1 = i1; |
+ 54:6| 3: <2> | @t2 = void; |
+ 56:4| 3: <21, 0, 2> | @t3 = void (); |
+ 59:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+108:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+116:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+118:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+128:0| 3: <1, 0> | float: |
+130:4| 3: <6, 0> | %c0 = float 0; |
+133:0| 3: <6, 1065353216> | %c1 = float 1; |
+139:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+140:0| 3: <28, 2, 1, 0> | %v0 = fcmp false float %c0, %c1; |
+144:0| 3: <28, 3, 2, 1> | %v1 = fcmp oeq float %c0, %c1; |
+148:0| 3: <28, 4, 3, 2> | %v2 = fcmp ogt float %c0, %c1; |
+152:0| 3: <28, 5, 4, 3> | %v3 = fcmp oge float %c0, %c1; |
+156:0| 3: <28, 6, 5, 4> | %v4 = fcmp olt float %c0, %c1; |
+160:0| 3: <28, 7, 6, 5> | %v5 = fcmp ole float %c0, %c1; |
+164:0| 3: <28, 8, 7, 6> | %v6 = fcmp one float %c0, %c1; |
+168:0| 3: <28, 9, 8, 7> | %v7 = fcmp ord float %c0, %c1; |
+172:0| 3: <28, 10, 9, 9> | %v8 = fcmp ueq float %c0, %c1; |
+176:0| 3: <28, 11, 10, 10> | %v9 = fcmp ugt float %c0, %c1; |
+180:0| 3: <28, 12, 11, 11> | %v10 = fcmp uge float %c0, %c1; |
+184:0| 3: <28, 13, 12, 12> | %v11 = fcmp ult float %c0, %c1; |
+188:0| 3: <28, 14, 13, 13> | %v12 = fcmp ule float %c0, %c1; |
+192:0| 3: <28, 15, 14, 14> | %v13 = fcmp une float %c0, %c1; |
+196:0| 3: <28, 16, 15, 8> | %v14 = fcmp uno float %c0, %c1; |
+200:0| 3: <28, 17, 16, 15> | %v15 = fcmp true float %c0, %c1; |
+204:0| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+205:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+208:0|0: <65534> |} |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="vector-instructions"> |
+<h3 id="vector-instructions">Vector Instructions</h3> |
+<p>PNaClAsm supports several instructions that process vectors. This includes |
+binary instructions and compare instructions. These instructions work with |
+existing vectors and generate resulting (new) vectors. This section instroduces |
+the instructions to construct vectors and extract results.</p> |
+<section id="insert-element-instruction"> |
+<span id="link-for-insert-element-instruction-section"></span><h4 id="insert-element-instruction"><span id="link-for-insert-element-instruction-section"></span>Insert Element Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The <em>insert element</em> instruction inserts a scalar value into a vector at a |
+specified index. The <em>insert element</em> instruction takes an existing vector and |
+puts a scalar value in one of the elements of the vector.</p> |
+<p>The <em>insert element</em> instruction can be used to construct a vector, one element |
+at a time. At first glance, it may appear that one can’t construct a vector, |
+since the <em>insert element</em> instruction needs a vector to insert elements into.</p> |
+<p>The key to understanding vector construction is understand that one can create |
+an undefined vector literal. Using that constant as a starting point, one can |
+built up the wanted vector by a sequence of <em>insert element</em> instructions.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = insertelement TV V, TE E, i32 I; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <7, VV, EE, II> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>insert element</em> instruction inserts scalar value <em>E</em> into index <em>I</em> of |
+vector <em>V</em>. <em>%vN</em> holds the updated vector. Type <em>TV</em> is the type of vector. It |
+is also the type of updated vector <em>%vN</em>. Type <em>TE</em> is the type of scalar value |
+<em>E</em> and must be the element type of vector <em>V</em>. <em>I</em> must be an i32 value.</p> |
+<p>If <em>I</em> exceeds the length of <em>V</em>, the results is undefined.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constrants</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+IsVector(TV) |
+TypeOf(V) == TV |
+UnderlyingType(TV) == TE |
+TypeOf(I) == i32 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = TV; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 5> | count 5; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 1> | @t0 = i1; |
+ 53:0| 3: <12, 4, 0> | @t1 = <4 x i1>; |
+ 56:2| 3: <7, 32> | @t2 = i32; |
+ 59:4| 3: <2> | @t3 = void; |
+ 61:2| 3: <21, 0, 3> | @t4 = void (); |
+ 64:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+116:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+124:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+126:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+136:0| 3: <1, 0> | i1: |
+138:4| 3: <4, 0> | %c0 = i1 0; |
+141:0| 3: <4, 3> | %c1 = i1 1; |
+143:4| 3: <1, 1> | <4 x i1>: |
+146:0| 3: <3> | %c2 = <4 x i1> undef; |
+147:6| 3: <1, 2> | i32: |
+150:2| 3: <4, 0> | %c3 = i32 0; |
+152:6| 3: <4, 2> | %c4 = i32 1; |
+155:2| 3: <4, 4> | %c5 = i32 2; |
+157:6| 3: <4, 6> | %c6 = i32 3; |
+160:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+164:0| 3: <7, 5, 7, 4> | %v0 = insertelement <4 x i1> %c2, |
+ | | i1 %c0, i32 %c3; |
+168:0| 3: <7, 1, 7, 4> | %v1 = insertelement <4 x i1> %v0, |
+ | | i1 %c1, i32 %c4; |
+172:0| 3: <7, 1, 9, 4> | %v2 = insertelement <4 x i1> %v1, |
+ | | i1 %c0, i32 %c5; |
+176:0| 3: <7, 1, 9, 4> | %v3 = insertelement <4 x i1> %v2, |
+ | | i1 %c1, i32 %c6; |
+180:0| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+181:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="extract-element-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="extract-element-instruction">Extract Element Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The <em>extract element</em> instruction extracts a single scalar value from a vector |
+at a specified index.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = extractelement TV V, i32 I; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <6, VV, II> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>extract element</em> instruction extracts the scalar value at index <em>I</em> from |
+vector <em>V</em>. The extracted value is assigned to <em>%vN</em>. Type <em>TV</em> is the type of |
+vector <em>V</em>. <em>I</em> must be an i32 value. The type of <em>vN</em> must be the element type |
+of vector <em>V</em>.</p> |
+<p>If <em>I</em> exceeds the length of <em>V</em>, the results is undefined.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+IsVector(TV) |
+TypeOf(V) == TV |
+TypeOf(I) == i32 |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = UnderlyingType(TV); |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(<4 x i32> %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+106:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+116:0| 3: <1, 0> | i32: |
+118:4| 3: <4, 0> | %c0 = i32 0; |
+121:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+124:0| 3: <6, 2, 1> | %v0 = |
+ | | extractelement <4 x i32> %p0, |
+ | | i32 %c0; |
+127:2| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+129:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="other-instructions"> |
+<h3 id="other-instructions">Other Instructions</h3> |
+<p>This section defines miscellaneous instructions which defy better |
+classification.</p> |
+<section id="forward-type-declaration"> |
+<span id="link-for-forward-type-declaration-section"></span><h4 id="forward-type-declaration"><span id="link-for-forward-type-declaration-section"></span>Forward type declaration</h4> |
+<p>The forward type declaration exists to deal with the fact that all instruction |
+values must have a type associated with them before they are used. For some |
+simple functions one can easily topologically sort instructions so that |
+instruction values are defined before they are used. However, if the |
+implementation contains loops, the loop induced values can’t be defined before |
+they are used.</p> |
+<p>The solution is to forward declare the type of an instruction value. One could |
+forward declare the types of all instructions at the beginning of the function |
+block. However, this would make the corresponding file size considerably |
+larger. Rather, one should only generate these forward type declarations |
+sparingly and only when needed.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+declare T %vN; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <43, N, TT> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The forward declare type declaration defines the type to be associated with a |
+(not yet defined) instruction value <em>%vN</em>. <em>T</em> is the type of the value |
+generated by the <em>Nth</em> value generating instruction in the function block.</p> |
+<p>Note: It is an error to define the type of <em>%vN</em> with a different type than will |
+be generated by the <em>Nth</em> value generating instruction in the function block.</p> |
+<p>Also note that this construct is a declaration and not considered an |
+instruction, even though it appears in the list of instruction records. Hence, |
+they may appear before and between <a class="reference internal" href="#link-for-phi-instruction-section"><em>phi</em></a> |
+instructions in a basic block.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA = AbbrevIndex(A) |
+TT = TypeID(T) |
+NumBasicBlocks < ExpectedBasicBlocks |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <2> | @t1 = void; |
+ 55:4| 3: <7, 1> | @t2 = i1; |
+ 58:0| 3: <21, 0, 1, 0> | @t3 = void (i32); |
+ 62:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+108:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+116:0| 3: <1, 7> | blocks 7; |
+118:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+128:0| 3: <1, 2> | i1: |
+130:4| 3: <4, 3> | %c0 = i1 1; |
+133:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+136:0| 3: <11, 4> | br label %b4; |
+ | | %b1: |
+138:4| 3: <43, 6, 0> | declare i32 %v3; |
+142:4| 3: <2, 2, 4294967293, 0> | %v0 = add i32 %p0, %v3; |
+151:0| 3: <11, 6> | br label %b6; |
+ | | %b2: |
+153:4| 3: <43, 7, 0> | declare i32 %v4; |
+157:4| 3: <2, 3, 4294967293, 0> | %v1 = add i32 %p0, %v4; |
+166:0| 3: <11, 6> | br label %b6; |
+ | | %b3: |
+168:4| 3: <2, 4, 4294967295, 0> | %v2 = add i32 %p0, %v3; |
+177:0| 3: <11, 6> | br label %b6; |
+ | | %b4: |
+179:4| 3: <2, 5, 5, 0> | %v3 = add i32 %p0, %p0; |
+183:4| 3: <11, 1, 5, 5> | br i1 %c0, label %b1, label %b5; |
+ | | %b5: |
+187:4| 3: <2, 1, 6, 0> | %v4 = add i32 %v3, %p0; |
+191:4| 3: <11, 2, 3, 6> | br i1 %c0, label %b2, label %b3; |
+ | | %b6: |
+195:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+197:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="phi-instruction"> |
+<span id="link-for-phi-instruction-section"></span><h4 id="phi-instruction"><span id="link-for-phi-instruction-section"></span>Phi Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The <em>phi</em> instruction is used to implement phi nodes in the SSA graph |
+representing the function. Phi instructions can only appear at the beginning of |
+a basic block. There must be no non-phi instructions (other than forward type |
+declarations) between the start of the basic block and the <em>phi</em> instruction.</p> |
+<p>To clarify the origin of each incoming value, the incoming value is associated |
+with the incoming edge from the corresponding predicessor block for which the |
+incoming value comes from.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = phi T [V1, %bB1], ... , [VM, %bBM]; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <16, TT, VV1, B1, ..., VVM, BM> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The phi instruction is used to implement phi nodes in the SSA graph representing |
+the function. <em>%vN</em> is the resulting value of the corresponding phi node. <em>T</em> is |
+the type of the phi node. Values <em>V1</em> through <em>VM</em> are the reaching definitions |
+for the phi node while <em>%bB1</em> through <em>%bBM</em> are the corresponding predicessor |
+blocks. Each <em>VI</em> reaches via the incoming predicessor edge from block <em>%bBI</em> |
+(for 1 <= I <= M). Type <em>T</em> must be the type associated with each <em>VI</em>.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+M > 1 |
+TT == TypeID(T) |
+T = TypeOf(VI) for all I, 1 <= I <= M |
+BI < ExpectedBasicBlocks for all I, 1 <= I <= M |
+VVI = SignRotate(RelativeIndex(VI)) for all I, 1 <= I <= M |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 4> | count 4; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <2> | @t1 = void; |
+ 55:4| 3: <21, 0, 1> | @t2 = void (); |
+ 58:6| 3: <7, 1> | @t3 = i1; |
+ 61:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+112:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0() { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+120:0| 3: <1, 4> | blocks 4; |
+122:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+132:0| 3: <1, 0> | i32: |
+134:4| 3: <4, 2> | %c0 = i32 1; |
+137:0| 3: <1, 3> | i1: |
+139:4| 3: <4, 0> | %c1 = i1 0; |
+142:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+144:0| 3: <11, 1, 2, 1> | br i1 %c1, label %b1, label %b2; |
+ | | %b1: |
+148:0| 3: <2, 2, 2, 0> | %v0 = add i32 %c0, %c0; |
+152:0| 3: <2, 3, 3, 1> | %v1 = sub i32 %c0, %c0; |
+156:0| 3: <11, 3> | br label %b3; |
+ | | %b2: |
+158:4| 3: <2, 4, 4, 2> | %v2 = mul i32 %c0, %c0; |
+162:4| 3: <2, 5, 5, 3> | %v3 = udiv i32 %c0, %c0; |
+166:4| 3: <11, 3> | br label %b3; |
+ | | %b3: |
+169:0| 3: <16, 0, 8, 1, 4, 2> | %v4 = phi i32 [%v0, %b1], |
+ | | [%v2, %b2]; |
+174:4| 3: <16, 0, 8, 1, 4, 2> | %v5 = phi i32 [%v1, %b1], |
+ | | [%v3, %b2]; |
+180:0| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+181:6| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="select-instruction"> |
+<h4 id="select-instruction">Select Instruction</h4> |
+<p>The <em>select</em> instruction is used to choose between pairs of values, based on a |
+condition, without PNaClAsm-level branching.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = select CT C, T V1, T V2; <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <29, VV1, VV2, CC> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The <em>select</em> instruction choses pairs of values <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em>, based on |
+condition values <em>C</em>. The type <em>CT</em> of value <em>C</em> must either be an i1, or a |
+vector of type i1. The type of values <em>V1</em> and <em>V2</em> must be of type <em>T</em>. Type |
+<em>T</em> must either be a primitive type, or a vector of a primitive type.</p> |
+<p>Both <em>CT</em> and <em>T</em> must be primitive types, or both must be vector types of the |
+same size. When the contents of <em>C</em> is 1, the corresponding value from <em>V1</em> will |
+be chosen. Otherwise the conrresponding value from <em>V2</em> will be chosen.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+CC == RelativeIndex(C) |
+VV1 == RelativeIndex(V1) |
+VV2 == RelativeIndex(V2) |
+T == TypeOf(V1) == TypeOf(V2) |
+UnderlyingType(CT) == i1 |
+IsInteger(UnderlyingType(T)) or IsFloat(UnderlyingType(T)) |
+UnderlyingCount(C) == UnderlyingCount(T) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = T; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 96:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f0(i32 %p0, i32 %p1) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+104:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+106:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+116:0| 3: <1, 2> | i1: |
+118:4| 3: <4, 3> | %c0 = i1 1; |
+121:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+124:0| 3: <29, 3, 2, 1> | %v0 = select i1 %c0, i32 %p0, |
+ | | i32 %p1; |
+128:0| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v0; |
+130:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="call-instructions"> |
+<h4 id="call-instructions">Call Instructions</h4> |
+<p>The <em>call</em> instruction does a function call. The call instruction is used to |
+cause control flow to transfer to a specified routine, with its incoming |
+arguments bound to the specified values. When a <em>ret</em> instruction, in the called |
+function, is reached control flow continues with instruction after the function |
+call. If the call is to a function, the returned value is the value generated by |
+the call instruction. Otherwise no result is defined by the call.</p> |
+<p>If the <em>tail</em> flag is associated with the call instruction, then optimizers in |
+the PNaCl translator is free to perform tail call optimiziation. That is, the |
+<em>tail</em> flag is a hint that may be ignored by the PNaCl translator.</p> |
+<p>There are two kinds of calls: <em>direct</em> and <em>indirect</em>. A <em>direct</em> call calls a |
+defined function address (i.e. a reference to a bitcode ID of the form |
+<em>%fF</em>). All other calls are <em>indirect</em>.</p> |
+</section></section><section id="direct-procedure-call"> |
+<h3 id="direct-procedure-call">Direct Procedure Call</h3> |
+<p>The direct procedure call calls a defined function address whose type signature |
+returns type void.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TAIL call void @fF (T1 A1, ... , TN AN); <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <34, CC, F, AA1, ... , AAN> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The direct procedure call calls a define function address <em>%fF</em> whose type |
+signature return type is void. The arguments <em>A1</em> through <em>AN</em> are passed |
+in the order specified. The type of arugment <em>AI</em> must be type <em>TI</em> (for all I, |
+1 <=I <= N). Flag <em>TAIL</em> is optional. If it is included, it must the the |
+literal <em>tail</em>.</p> |
+<p>The types of the arugments must match the corresponding types of the function |
+signature associated with <em>%fF</em>. The return type of <em>%f</em> must be void.</p> |
+<p>TAIL is encoded into calling convention value <em>CC</em> as follows:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">TAIL</th> |
+<th class="head">CC</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>‘’</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>‘tail’</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+N >= 0 |
+TypeOfFcn(%fF) == void (T1, ... , TN) |
+TypeOf(AI) == TI for all I, 1 <= I <= N |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 72:0| 3: <8, 3, 0, 1, 0> | declare external |
+ | | void @f0(i32, i64, i32); |
+ ... |
+116:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f1(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+124:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+126:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+136:0| 3: <1, 2> | i64: |
+138:4| 3: <4, 2> | %c0 = i64 1; |
+141:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+144:0| 3: <34, 0, 4, 2, 1, 2> | call void |
+ | | @f0(i32 %p0, i64 %c0, i32 %p0); |
+150:2| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+152:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="direct-function-call"> |
+<h3 id="direct-function-call">Direct Function Call</h3> |
+<p>The direct function call calls a defined function address whose type signature |
+returns a value.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = TAIL call RT %fF (T1 A1, ... , TM AM); <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <34, CC, F, AA1, ... , AAM> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The direct function call calls a defined function address <em>%fF</em> whose type |
+signature returns is not type void. The arguments <em>A1</em> through <em>AM</em> are passed |
+in the order specified. The type of arugment <em>AI</em> must be type <em>TI</em> (for all I, |
+1 <= I <= N). Flag <em>TAIL</em> is optional. If it is included, it must the the |
+literal <em>tail</em>.</p> |
+<p>The types of the arugments must match the corresponding types of the function |
+signature associated with <em>%fF</em>. The return type must match <em>RT</em>.</p> |
+<p>Each parameter type <em>TI</em>, and return type <em>RT</em>, must either be a primitive type, |
+or a vector type. If the parameter type is an integral type, it must either be |
+i32 or i64.</p> |
+<p>TAIL is encoded into calling convention value <em>CC</em> as follows:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">TAIL</th> |
+<th class="head">CC</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>‘’</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>‘tail’</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+N >= 0 |
+TypeOfFcn(%fF) == RT (T1, ... , TN) |
+TypeOf(AI) == TI for all I, 1 <= I <= M |
+IsFcnArgType(TI) for all I, 1 <= I <= M |
+IsFcnArgType(RT) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = RT; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 72:0| 3: <8, 2, 0, 1, 0> | declare external |
+ | | i32 @f0(i32, i64, i32); |
+ ... |
+116:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function i32 @f1(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+124:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+126:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+136:0| 3: <1, 1> | i64: |
+138:4| 3: <4, 2> | %c0 = i64 1; |
+141:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+144:0| 3: <34, 0, 4, 2, 1, 2> | %v0 = call i32 |
+ | | @f0(i32 %p0, i64 %c0, i32 %p0); |
+150:2| 3: <34, 1, 4, 1> | %v1 = tail call i32 @f1(i32 %v0); |
+155:0| 3: <10, 2> | ret i32 %v0; |
+157:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="indirect-procedure-call"> |
+<h3 id="indirect-procedure-call">Indirect Procedure Call</h3> |
+<p>The indirect procedure call calls a function using an indirect function address, |
+and whose type signature is assumed to return type void. It is different from |
+the direct procedure call because we can’t use the type signature of the |
+corresponding direct function address to type check the construct.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+TAIL call void V (T1 A1, ... , TN AN); <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <44, CC, TV, VV, AA1, ... , AAN> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The indirect call procedure calls a function using value <em>V</em> that is an indirect |
+function address, and whose type signature is assumed to return type void. The |
+arguments <em>A1</em> through <em>AN</em> are passed in the order specified. The type of |
+arugment <em>AI</em> must be type <em>TI</em> (for all I, 1 <= I <= N). Flag <em>TAIL</em> is |
+optional. If it is included, it must the the literal <em>tail</em>.</p> |
+<p>Each parameter type <em>TI</em> (1 <= I <= N) must either be a primitive type, or a |
+vector type. If the parameter type is an integral type, it must either be i32 |
+or i64.</p> |
+<p>TAIL is encoded into calling convention value <em>CC</em> as follows:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">TAIL</th> |
+<th class="head">CC</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>‘’</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>‘tail’</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p>The type signature of the called procedure is assumed to be:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+void (T1, ... , TN) |
+</pre> |
+<p>It isn’t necessary to define this type in the types block, since the type is |
+inferred rather than used.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+N >= 0 |
+TV = TypeID(void) |
+AbsoluteIndex(V) >= NumFuncAddresses |
+TypeOf(AI) == TI for all I, 1 <= I <= N |
+IsFcnArgType(TI) for all I, 1 <= I <= N |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 3> | count 3; |
+ 50:4| 3: <2> | @t0 = void; |
+ 52:2| 3: <7, 32> | @t1 = i32; |
+ 55:4| 3: <21, 0, 0, 1> | @t2 = void (i32); |
+ 59:4| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+ 92:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function void @f0(i32 %p0) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+100:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+102:4| 1: <65535, 11, 2> | constants { // BlockID = 11 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 1> | i32: |
+114:4| 3: <4, 2> | %c0 = i32 1; |
+117:0| 0: <65534> | } |
+ | | %b0: |
+120:0| 3: <44, 0, 2, 0, 1> | call void %p0(i32 %c0); |
+125:4| 3: <10> | ret void; |
+127:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="indirect-function-call"> |
+<h3 id="indirect-function-call">Indirect Function Call</h3> |
+<p>The indirect function call calls a function using a value that is an indirect |
+function address. It is different from the direct function call because we can’t |
+use the type signature of the corresponding literal function address to type |
+check the construct.</p> |
+<p><strong>Syntax</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+%vN = TAIL call RT V (T1 A1, ... , TM AM); <A> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Record</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA: <34, CC, RRT, VV, AA1, ... , AAM> |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Semantics</strong></p> |
+<p>The indirect function call calls a function using a value <em>V</em> that is an |
+indirect function address, and is assumed to return type <em>RT</em>. The arguments |
+<em>A1</em> through <em>AM</em> are passed in the order specified. The type of arugment <em>AI</em> |
+must be type <em>TI</em> (for all I, 1 <= I <= N). Flag <em>TAIL</em> is optional. If it is |
+included, it must the the literal <em>tail</em>.</p> |
+<p>Each parameter type <em>TI</em> (1 <= I <= M), and return type <em>RT</em>, must either be a |
+primitive type, or a vector type. If the parameter type is an integral type, it |
+must either be i32 or i64.</p> |
+<p>TAIL is encoded into calling convention value <em>CC</em> as follows:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">TAIL</th> |
+<th class="head">CC</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>‘’</td> |
+<td>0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>‘tail’</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+<p>The type signature of the called function is assumed to be:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+RT (T1, ... , TN) |
+</pre> |
+<p>It isn’t necessary to define this type in the types block, since the type is |
+inferred rather than used.</p> |
+<p><strong>Constraints</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+AA == AbbrevIndex(A) |
+RRT = TypeID(RT) |
+VV = RelativeIndex(V) |
+M >= 0 |
+AbsoluteIndex(V) >= NumFcnAddresses |
+TypeOf(AI) == TI for all I, 1 <= I <= M |
+IsFcnArgType(TI) for all I, 1 <= I <= M |
+IsFcnArgType(RT) |
+N == NumValuedInsts |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Updates</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+++NumValuedInsts; |
+TypeOf(%vN) = RT; |
+</pre> |
+<p><strong>Examples</strong></p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+ 40:0| 1: <65535, 17, 2> | types { // BlockID = 17 |
+ 48:0| 3: <1, 6> | count 6; |
+ 50:4| 3: <7, 32> | @t0 = i32; |
+ 53:6| 3: <3> | @t1 = float; |
+ 55:4| 3: <4> | @t2 = double; |
+ 57:2| 3: <21, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2> | @t3 = i32 (i32, float, double); |
+ 62:6| 3: <21, 0, 0, 1, 2> | @t4 = i32 (float, double); |
+ 67:4| 3: <2> | @t5 = void; |
+ 69:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+ ... |
+104:0| 1: <65535, 12, 2> | function |
+ | | i32 |
+ | | @f0(i32 %p0, float %p1, |
+ | | double %p2) { |
+ | | // BlockID = 12 |
+112:0| 3: <1, 1> | blocks 1; |
+ | | %b0: |
+114:4| 3: <44, 0, 3, 0, 2, 1> | %v0 = call i32 |
+ | | %p0(float %p1, double %p2); |
+120:6| 3: <10, 1> | ret i32 %v0; |
+123:2| 0: <65534> | } |
+</pre> |
+</section></section><section id="support-functions"> |
+<span id="link-for-support-functions-section"></span><h2 id="support-functions"><span id="link-for-support-functions-section"></span>Support Functions</h2> |
+<p>Defines functions used to convert syntactic representation to values in the |
+corresponding record.</p> |
+<section id="signrotate"> |
+<h3 id="signrotate">SignRotate</h3> |
+<p>The SignRotate function encodes a signed integer in an easily compressible |
+form. This is done by rotating the sign bit to the rightmost bit, rather than |
+the leftmost bit. By doing this rotation, both small positive and negative |
+integers are small (unsigned) integers. Therefore, all small integers can be |
+encoded as a small (unsigned) integers.</p> |
+<p>The definition of SignRotate(N) is:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">Argument</th> |
+<th class="head">Value</th> |
+<th class="head">Condition</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>N</td> |
+<td>abs(N)<<1</td> |
+<td>N >= 0</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>N</td> |
+<td>abs(N)<<1 + 1</td> |
+<td>N < 0</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+</section><section id="absoluteindex"> |
+<span id="link-for-absolute-index-section"></span><h3 id="absoluteindex"><span id="link-for-absolute-index-section"></span>AbsoluteIndex</h3> |
+<p>Bitcode ID’s of the forms <em>@fN</em>, <em>@gN</em>, <em>%pN</em>, <em>%cN</em>, and <em>%vN</em>, are combined |
+into a single index space. This can be done because of the ordering imposed by |
+PNaClAsm. All function address bitcode IDs must be defined before any of the |
+other forms of bitcode IDs. All global address bitcode IDs must be defined |
+before any local bitcode IDs. Within a function block, the parameter bitcode IDs |
+must be defined before constant IDs, and constant IDs must be defined before |
+instruction value IDs.</p> |
+<p>Hence, within a function block, it is safe to refer to all of these |
+bitcode IDs using a single <em>absolute</em> index. The absolute index for |
+each kind of bitcode ID is computed as follows:</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">Bitcode ID</th> |
+<th class="head">AbsoluteIndex</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>@fN</td> |
+<td>N</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>@gN</td> |
+<td>N + NumFcnAddresses</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>@pN</td> |
+<td>N + NumFcnAddresses + NumGlobalAddresses</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>@cN</td> |
+<td>N + NumFcnAddresses + NumGlobalAddresses + NumParams</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>@vN</td> |
+<td>N + NumFcnAddresses + NumGlobalAddresses + NumParams + NumFcnConsts</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+</section><section id="relativeindex"> |
+<h3 id="relativeindex">RelativeIndex</h3> |
+<p>Relative indices are used to refer to values within instructions of a function. |
+The relative index of an ID is always defined in terms of the index associated |
+with the next value generating instruction. It is defined as follows:</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+RelativeIndex(J) = AbsoluteIndex(%vN) - AbsoluteIndex(J) |
+</pre> |
+<p>where</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+N = NumValuedInsts |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="abbrevindex"> |
+<h3 id="abbrevindex">AbbrevIndex</h3> |
+<p>This function converts user-defined abbreviation indices to the corresponding |
+internal abbreviation index saved in the bitcode file. It adds 4 to its |
+argument, since there are 4 predefined internal abbreviation indices (0, 1, 2, |
+and 3).</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">N</th> |
+<th class="head">AbbrevIndex(N)</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>undefined</td> |
+<td>3</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>%aA</td> |
+<td>A + 4</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>@aA</td> |
+<td>A + 4</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+</section><section id="log2"> |
+<h3 id="log2">Log2</h3> |
+<p>This is the 32-bit log2 value of its argument.</p> |
+</section><section id="exp"> |
+<h3 id="exp">exp</h3> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+exp(n, m) |
+</pre> |
+<p>Denotes the <em>m</em> power of <em>n</em>.</p> |
+</section><section id="bitsizeof"> |
+<h3 id="bitsizeof">BitSizeOf</h3> |
+<p>Returns the number of bits needed to represent its argument (a type).</p> |
+<table border="1" class="docutils"> |
+<colgroup> |
+</colgroup> |
+<thead valign="bottom"> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><th class="head">T</th> |
+<th class="head">BitSizeOf</th> |
+</tr> |
+</thead> |
+<tbody valign="top"> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>i1</td> |
+<td>1</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>i8</td> |
+<td>8</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>i16</td> |
+<td>16</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>i32</td> |
+<td>32</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>i64</td> |
+<td>64</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td>float</td> |
+<td>32</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-even"><td>double</td> |
+<td>64</td> |
+</tr> |
+<tr class="row-odd"><td><N X T></td> |
+<td>N * BitSizeOf(T)</td> |
+</tr> |
+</tbody> |
+</table> |
+</section><section id="underlyingtype"> |
+<h3 id="underlyingtype">UnderlyingType</h3> |
+<p>Returns the primitive type of the type construct. For primitive types, the |
+<em>UnderlyingType</em> is itself. For vector types, the base type of the vector is the |
+underlying type.</p> |
+</section><section id="underlyingcount"> |
+<h3 id="underlyingcount">UnderlyingCount</h3> |
+<p>Returns the size of the vector if given a vector, and 0 for primitive types. |
+Note that this function is used to check if two vectors are of the same size. |
+It is also used to test if two types are either primitive (i.e. UnderlyingCount returns |
+0 for both types) or are vectors of the same size (i.e. UnderlyingCount returns |
+the same non-zero value).</p> |
+</section><section id="isinteger"> |
+<h3 id="isinteger">IsInteger</h3> |
+<p>Returns true if the argument is in {i1, i8, i16, i32, i64}.</p> |
+</section><section id="isfloat"> |
+<h3 id="isfloat">IsFloat</h3> |
+<p>Returns true if the argument is in {float, double}.</p> |
+</section><section id="isvector"> |
+<h3 id="isvector">IsVector</h3> |
+<p>Returns true if the argument is a vector type.</p> |
+</section><section id="isprimitive"> |
+<h3 id="isprimitive">IsPrimitive</h3> |
+<p>Returns true if the argument is a primitive type. That is,</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+IsPrimitive(T) == IsInteger(T) or IsFloat(T) |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="isfcnargtype"> |
+<h3 id="isfcnargtype">IsFcnArgType</h3> |
+<p>Returns true if the argument is a primitive type or a vector type. Further, |
+if it is an integral type, it must be i32 or i64. That is,</p> |
+<pre class="prettyprint"> |
+IsFcnArgType(T) = (IsInteger(T) and (i32 = BitSizeOf(T) |
+ or i64 == BitSizeOf(T))) |
+ or IsFloat(T) or IsVector(T) |
+</pre> |
+</section><section id="abbreviations"> |
+<span id="link-for-abbreviations-section"></span><h3 id="abbreviations"><span id="link-for-abbreviations-section"></span>Abbreviations</h3> |
+<p>TODO(kschimpf) Discuss the following:</p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li>Blocks.</li> |
+<li>Data Records.</li> |
+<li>Abbreviations.</li> |
+<li>Abbreviation Ids.</li> |
+</ul> |
+<section id="bitstream-format"> |
+<h4 id="bitstream-format">Bitstream Format</h4> |
+<p>TODO(kschimpf)</p> |
+<ul class="small-gap"> |
+<li>Header</li> |
+<li>Block Structure</li> |
+<li>Primitives</li> |
+<li>Abbreviations</li> |
+<li>Abbreviations block</li> |
+</ul> |
+</section><section id="abbreviations-block"> |
+<h4 id="abbreviations-block">Abbreviations Block</h4> |
+<p>The abbreviations block is the first block in the module build. The |
+block is divided into sections. Each section is a sequence of records. Each |
+record in the sequence defines a user-defined abbreviation. Each section |
+defines abbreviations that can be applied to all (succeeding) blocks of a |
+particular kind. These abbreviations are denoted by the (global) ID of the form |
+<em>@aN</em>.</p> |
+<p>TODO(kschimpf) Fill this in more.</p> |
+</section><section id="reference-implementation"> |
+<h4 id="reference-implementation">Reference Implementation</h4> |
+<p>TODO(kschimpf)</p> |
+</section></section></section></section> |
+ |
+{{/partials.standard_nacl_article}} |